Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management / Inovalon Holdings

Inovalon Holdings

inov · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker inov
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Inovalon Holdings
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Inovalon Holdings, Inc.,
2015 Annual Report 

TURNING DATA INTO INSIGHT 

AND INSIGHT INTO ACTION®

Inovalon

4321 Collington Road

Bowie, MD 20716

301-809-4000

www.inovalon.com

b

© 2016 by Inovalon. All rights reserved.

The Inovalon spiral is a registered trademark of Inovalon

Driving improvements in healthcare through advanced 
cloud-based analytics and data-driven intervention 
platforms informed by more than:

11,000,000,000
Medical Events

*

130,000,000
Unique Patients

784,000
Physicians

269,000
Clinical Facilities

98.2%
U.S. Counties

*Medical Events represent discrete entries relating to patient interactions,  
  medical procedures or changes in patients’ medical conditions.
Figures as of December 31, 2015

2015 AT-A-GLANCE

REVENUE

$437.3M
21% YEAR-OVER-YEAR 

INCREASE

ADJUSTED EBITDA

$151.6M

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

Year Ended December 31,

$ in thousands

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Revenue

$ 239,685 

$ 300,275 

$ 295,798 

$ 361,540 

$  437,271 

Cost of revenue

$ 102,695 

$  101,188 

$ 120,054 

$ 

112,761 

$ 146,140 

Income from operations

$  40,970 

$  91,235 

$  52,445 

$ 

110,061 

$  116,456 

Net income

$  24,927 

$  55,155 

$  32,718 

$  65,352 

$  66,063 

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

$  57,526 

$  108,105 

$  71,847 

$  133,648 

$  151,622 

Adjusted EBITDA margin(1)

24%

36%

24%

37%

35%

Non-GAAP net income(1)

$  30,152 

$  59,449 

$  37,393 

$  70,205 

$  75,352 

Net cash provided by  
operating activities

$  46,184

$  53,705

$  66,015

$  85,528 

$  67,554 

Investment in innovation(2)

$  21,054 

$  27,328 

$  35,061 

$  44,528 

$  47,783 

TOP 25  
HEALTH PLANS

TOTAL U.S. 
HEALTH PLANS

PROVIDERS/ 
ACOs

LIFE 
SCIENCES

20 
of 251

117 
of 4562

105 
of 7333

176 
of 1,6654

As presented at Investor Day on December 7, 2015: 1: Top 25 Health Plan count according to AIS 2015 directory (February 2015); 2: Total counts according to AIS 
2015 directory (February 2015) less child organization duplication; 3: Leavitt Partners Database; 4: Avalere database.

(1)  For a reconciliation of the most directly comparable GAAP measures refer to pages 53 to 55 of the Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2015.
(2)	 For	a	definition	of	investment	in	innovation	and	the	component	make-up	refer	to	pages	58	to	59	of	the	Annual	Report	for	the	year	ended	December	31,	2015.

A LETTER FROM THE CEO

KEITH R. DUNLEAVY, M.D.

Dear	Fellow	Stockholders,

2015 was a busy and exciting year for Inovalon. With our ongoing focus 
on  execution  and  investment  in  people  and  capabilities,  we  continued 
to  deliver  meaningful  and  differentiated  value  for  our  clients,  partners 
and	 their	 constituents,	 significant	 advancements	 in	 our	 technology	
capabilities, and strong progress against our long-term strategic goals. 

Examining the Company at a high level, 2015 witnessed another year of 
solid top-line growth with record revenue of $437.3 million, a 21% year-
over-year increase. Our client base expanded from just over 100 at the 
end  of  2014,  to  more  than  400  by  the  close  of  2015.  And  the  breadth 
and depth of the Company’s unique data assets, principally represented 
within the MORE2 Registry®, expanded materially, with the medical event 
count rising to more than 11 billion, a 19.5% increase over 2014. Despite the 
many investments made by the Company and new expenses associated 
with  being  a  publicly  traded  company,  a  continued  demonstration  of 
the  Company’s  strong  operational  leverage  enabled  by  our  expanding 
connectivity,  automation,  and  the  growing  application  of  our  cloud-
based platform, empowered the realization of $151.6 million in Adjusted 
EBITDA, or 35% of revenue. Additionally, in the setting of a long history 
of	profitability,	proceeds	from	the	Company’s	IPO,	and	continued	strong	
positive	cash	flow	from	operations	of	more	than	$67	million,	the	Company	
ended the year with a tremendously strong balance sheet, highlighted by 
cash and short term investments of more than $728 million. 

While	acknowledging	the	strength	in	Inovalon’s	high-level	performance	
numbers,  diving  deeper  into  the  Company’s  2015  growth  reveals  a 
significant	number	of	additional	meaningful	successes	and	advancements	
which	 not	 only	 reflect	 what	 are	 believed	 to	 be	 key	 demonstrations	 of	
Inovalon’s  differentiation,  but  also  position  Inovalon  to  continue  its 
innovation, leadership, and growth for years to come. 

The	first	of	many	possible	examples	is	Inovalon’s	QSI-XL™ platform. During 
2015, Inovalon materially expanded its application of this industry-leading big 
data platform which enables the achievement of clinical quality outcomes 
analyses at speeds which reduce processing times for large datasets by a 
factor	of	10x.	In	the	setting	of	the	healthcare	marketplace’s	transformation	
from	volume-driven	financial	models	to	those	defined	by	value,	the	capability	
to process massive volumes of clinical data to determine clinical quality 
outcomes is seen as critical to many across the healthcare landscape. 

A second example of Inovalon’s ongoing success and technology leadership 
in 2015 was the launch of Data Diagnostics™. This technology provides for a 
suite of hundreds of analytics which are able to be ordered by a clinician on 
demand,	at	the	point	of	care,	returning	patient-specific	results	in	real-time.	
Together	with	our	partner,	Quest	Diagnostics,	Data	Diagnostics™ are able 
to be ordered within Care360®, the industry’s most widely used laboratory 
order entry platform, and within nearly 600 EHR platforms, enabling the 
accessing and use of advanced analytics by clinicians within the existing 
workflow,	at	the	point	of	care	across	hundreds	of	thousands	of	physicians.

And a third example of Inovalon’s execution in 2015 was the acquisition 
of Avalere Health. As a leading provider of data-driven advisory services 
and business intelligence solutions to hundreds of pharmaceutical and life 
sciences organizations, as well as an extensive number of payor and provider 
organizations,  Avalere  highly  complements  Inovalon’s  business  model.  

Avalere brings additional subject matter expertise to aid in the achievement 
of  Inovalon’s  product  development  and  expansion  initiatives,  extensive 
industry  relationships  to  deepen  our  business  development  reach,  and 
substantive	insight	and	client	base	in	the	highly	valuable	adjacent	markets	
of	pharmaceuticals,	life	sciences,	and	provider	markets.	

As	we	look	forward,	we	see	the	accomplishments	of	2015	both	demonstrating	
success, and supporting ongoing achievement. It is our core belief that the 
application and implementation of our innovative technologies will have a 
transformative impact on healthcare. Central to this is our belief that real-
time, transaction-based applications of data will replace today’s industry-
norm of high latency batch processing-based operating models. Inovalon is 
highly	focused	on	being	a	key	leader	in	this	transition	–	bringing	the	power	
and	benefits	of	transaction-based	processing	and	real-time	analytics	to	the	
healthcare ecosystem.  

The future opportunity is massive, with transformative technologies that 
can  meet  the  challenges  of  aging  populations  and  ballooning  costs  of 
healthcare.	We	see	our	addressable	market,	which	is	presently	estimated	
to be more than $80 billion annually in size, continuing to grow due to the 
underlying expansion of patient populations, rising costs, the increasing 
complexity of healthcare, and the ongoing shift from volume- to value-
based healthcare paradigms.

As	we	move	forward	in	the	next	five	years,	we	will	continue	to	balance	
innovation,	growth	and	profitability	to	maintain	a	sustainable	competitive	
differentiation	 within	 the	 marketplace,	 meaningful	 value	 for	 our	 clients,	
and	profitable	growth	for	our	stockholders.	At	our	December,	2015	Investor	
Day,	we	articulated	four	specific	goals	for	the	next	five	years.	First,	to	grow	
at	a	rate	more	than	twice	that	of	our	market,	achieving	revenue	of	more	
than $1 billion by 2020. Second, to expand margin at an average rate of 
more than 100 basis points per year, achieving EBITDA margins of more 
than 40% by 2020. Third, to further diversify our client base, achieving 
customer  de-concentration  by  2020.  And  fourth,  to  drive  continuous 
innovation  to  empower  healthcare’s  data-driven  transformation  from 
volume to value by 2020.

We	are	confident	that	our	platforms	will	continue	to	drive	success	for	
our clients, as we continue to innovate and our solutions continue to be 
in demand. We are resolute in our strategy to invest in our business and 
drive	returns	for	our	clients	as	well	as	our	stockholders.	We	look	forward	
to reporting our progress along the way, and we appreciate your interest 
and	your	support	as	stockholders.

I	would	like	to	take	this	opportunity	to	thank	all	Inovalon	employees	and	
our newly joined Avalere colleagues for being leaders in innovation and 
for their contribution to driving transformative value for our clients and 
meaningful change in the healthcare industry at large.

Sincerely yours,

KEITH R. DUNLEAVY, M.D.
Chief	Executive	Officer	and	Chairman	of	the	Board
April, 2016

INOVALON’S FIRST DAY OF TRADING

Inovalon	celebrated	its	first	day	of	trading	on	February	12,	2015.	Pictured	at	the	Nasdaq	is	Inovalon’s	Executive	Leadership	Team.

INOVALON CLIENT CONGRESS 2015

Inovalon Client Congress 2015 in Washington D.C., welcoming hundreds of attendees representing health plans, pharma, life sciences, 
government agencies, partners, academics, ACOs, health systems, researchers and shareholders. 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

(cid:1) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the  fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

or

(cid:2)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the  transition  period from 

 to 

Commission file number 001-36841

INOVALON HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other  Jurisdiction  of
Incorporation  or  Organization)

4321 Collington Road
Bowie, Maryland
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

47-1830316
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)

20716
(Zip Code)

Securities registered  pursuant  to Section 12(b) of the Act:

(301) 809-4000
Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code

Title of Each Class

Name  Of  Each Exchange On Which Registered

Class  A Common  Stock, $0.000005 par  value per share

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to  Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by  check  mark  if  the registrant  is a  well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities

Act.  Yes (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

Indicate by  check  mark  if  the registrant  is not  required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Act.  Yes (cid:2) No  (cid:1)

Indicate by  check  mark  whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange  Act of  1934 during the  preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to
file  such reports), and (2) has been  subject  to  such  filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any,

every Interactive Data File required to be submitted  and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this
chapter)  during  the preceding 12 months  (or  for  such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such
files).  Yes (cid:1) No  (cid:2)

Indicate by  check mark if disclosure  of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not
contained herein, and will  not  be  contained, to the  best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in  Part III of  this  Form  10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. (cid:2)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a
smaller reporting company. See the definitions  of  ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and ‘‘smaller reporting company’’
in  Rule  12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check  one):
Large  accelerated  filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company  (cid:2)

Accelerated  filer (cid:2)

Non-accelerated filer (cid:1)
(Do  not check if  a
smaller reporting company)

Indicate by  check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)
As of June 30, 2015,  the last  business  day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, aggregate
market value of the voting stock (common  stock)  held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $949.3 million.

As of February 15, 2016,  the  registrant had  61,658,148 shares of Class A common stock outstanding and 90,054,884 shares

of Class  B  common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

The information required  by Part III  (Items  10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) will be incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s

definitive proxy statement relating to its  2016 annual meeting of stockholders (the ‘‘2016 Proxy Statement’’). The 2016 Proxy
Statement will be filed with  the U.S. Securities and  Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to
which this  report relates.

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

INOVALON HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
Item 1.
Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 3.
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 4.
PART II
Item 5.

Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

Item 6.
Item 7.

Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About  Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements  With  Accountants on Accounting  and Financial
Item 9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers  and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 11.
Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and  Management and Related
Item 12.

1
25
47
47
47
47

48
51

55
78
78

79
79
80

81
81

Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and  Director Independence . . . . . . .
Principal Accountant Fees  and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
82
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 15.
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-1

81
81
81

i

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains  forward-looking statements within  the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the ‘‘Securities Act’’), and Section 21E  of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the ‘‘Exchange Act’’). All statements contained in  this
Annual Report other than statements  of  historical fact, including  but not limited to statements
regarding our future results of operations  and financial position, our business strategy and  plans,
market growth, and our objectives for future  operations,  are forward-looking  statements.  The words
‘‘believe,’’ ‘‘may,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘estimate,’’  ‘‘continue,’’ ‘‘anticipate,’’ ‘‘intend,’’ ‘‘expect,’’ and  similar
expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based  these  forward-looking
statements largely on our current expectations and projections  about  future events  and trends that we
believe may affect our financial condition,  results of operations, business  strategy, short-term and
long-term business operations and objectives  and financial needs. These forward-looking statements  are
subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and  assumptions,  including those described in Item 1A—
Risk Factors. Moreover, we operate in  a  very  competitive  and rapidly  changing environment. New  risks
emerge from time  to time. It is not possible for our management to predict  all  risks,  nor can we assess
the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination  of  factors,
may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we
may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future  events and  trends discussed
in this Annual Report may not occur and actual results  could differ materially and adversely from those
anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Factors that may cause actual results  to differ from expected results include, among others:

(cid:127) our future financial performance, including our  ability to  continue and manage our growth;

(cid:127) our ability to retain our client base;

(cid:127) the effect of the concentration of our revenue among our top  clients;

(cid:127) our ability to innovate and adapt our platforms and  toolsets;

(cid:127) the effects of consolidation in the managed care industry;

(cid:127) the ability to successfully integrate  our  acquisitions  and the  ability  of  the acquired business to

perform as expected;

(cid:127) the successful implementation and  adoption of new  platforms, products and solutions;

(cid:127) the effects of changes in tax legislation for jurisdictions within which we operate;

(cid:127) the effects of regulations applicable to us, including  regulations  relating to data protection and

data privacy;

(cid:127) the ability to protect the privacy of  our  clients’ data and prevent  security breaches;

(cid:127) the effect of competition on our business;  and

(cid:127) the efficacy of our platforms and toolsets.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events

and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although
we believe that the expectations reflected  in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot
guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements.  We are  under no duty to, and
we disclaim any obligation to, update  any  of these forward- looking statements after  the date of  this
Annual Report or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.

ii

PART I

Explanatory Note Regarding Market Information: This Annual Report on Form  10-K includes market  data
and forecasts with respect to the healthcare industry. Although we are responsible  for all of the disclosure
contained in this Annual Report, in some  cases  we rely on and refer to market data and certain industry
forecasts that were obtained from third  party  surveys, market  research, consultant surveys, publicly available
information and industry publications and  surveys that we  believe to be  reliable.

Item 1. Business.

Our Company

We  are a leading technology company  that combines advanced cloud-based data analytics and

data-driven intervention platforms to achieve meaningful insight and improvement in  clinical and
quality outcomes, utilization, and financial performance  across the  healthcare landscape.

Our powerful platform drives high-value impact,  improving quality  and economics for health plans,

hospitals, physicians, patients, pharmaceutical and life sciences companies,  and researchers.  The value
we deliver to our clients is achieved by turning data into insights and those insights into action.
Through our large proprietary datasets, advanced integration technologies,  sophisticated predictive
analytics, and subject matter expertise, we  deliver seamless, end-to-end platforms that bring the  benefits
of big data and large-scale analytics to  the point of care. Our analytics identify gaps  in care, quality,
data integrity, and financial performance,  while  providing clients with  differentiated  capabilities  to
resolve these gaps. During 2015, we provided these  services  to  hundreds of clients, providing  analytics
informed by our data and insight, from our  MORE2 Registry(cid:3), on more than 784,000 physicians,
269,000 clinical facilities, 130 million  unique patients  (covering  approximately  98.2% of all U.S. counties
and Puerto Rico), and 11.0 billion medical events, a  number that  has been increasing  at a  rate of
approximately 2.9% compounding monthly, or  40.9% annually,  since 2000.

Healthcare costs in the United States have been  increasing significantly for many years, currently
over $3 trillion annually. This rise in  healthcare costs has  driven a broad transition from consumption-
based payment models to value-based  payment models across  the  healthcare landscape. As a result,  the
specific  disease and comorbidity status,  clinical and  quality outcomes, resource utilization, and care
details of the individual patient have become increasingly  relevant to the various  constituents of the
healthcare delivery system. Concurrently,  the count and complexity of diseases, diagnostics, and
treatments—let alone payment models and  regulatory  oversight requirements—have soared.  In  this
setting, granular data has become critical to determining and improving quality and  financial
performance in healthcare.

At the core of our enabling capabilities is a long history of innovation  and profitable growth,
positioning us to deliver value to our clients  and capitalize on the confluence of  recent changes  in the
healthcare industry that many describe  as historically  unprecedented. Our  ability to rapidly innovate is
enabled by the depth and breadth of our  industry  expertise, large-scale proprietary datasets, advanced
analytical prowess, highly flexible platform components, a common native  code  base,  and experience
across the entire healthcare landscape.

The value we deliver to our clients through  our data  analytics and  intervention platforms are

comprised of four primary components:

(cid:127) Data Integration: Highly efficient and effective data assimilation of structured and  unstructured

healthcare data in any format from highly disparate and disconnected  sources;

(cid:127) Advanced Analytics: Data analysis using big-data processing to yield  highly actionable insights

identifying gaps in care, quality, data  integrity, and financial performance;

1

(cid:127) Intervention Platforms: Software and services that allow our clients to take  the insights derived

from our analytics to address and resolve the identified gaps in care, quality,  data  integrity, and
financial performance;

(cid:127) Business Processing: Powerful business intelligence tools that  summarize key analytics and

benchmarking information as  well as a comprehensive claims  data warehouse that helps our
clients comply with government mandated reporting requirements.

Our ability to deliver value to our clients  through our advanced analytics  and intervention

platforms has allowed us to achieve significant growth since our company’s organization.  For the  year
ended December 31, 2015, our revenue  was  $437.3 million, representing  21% growth over  the year
ended December 31, 2014. In this same  period,  we generated Adjusted EBITDA of $151.6  million,
representing 35% of revenue  and 13% growth over  the same period in  the prior year. Net  income  for
the year ended December 31, 2015 was $66.1 million,  representing 15% of  revenue and a 1%  increase
over the same period in 2014. Non-GAAP net  income for  the year ended December 31,  2015 was
$75.4 million, representing 17% of revenue and  a  7% increase  over the same period in  2014. Adjusted
EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income  are  measures  that are  not presented in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in  the United States (GAAP). For a reconciliation of net
income to Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net  income, see ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial Measures,’’
provided in Item 6—Selected Financial Data.

In this Annual Report, unless we indicate otherwise  or  the context requires,  references to the

‘‘Company,’’ ‘‘Inovalon,’’ ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘our,’’ ‘‘ours,’’ and ‘‘us’’ refer to Inovalon Holdings,  Inc. and  its
consolidated subsidiaries.

Recent Developments

The Company was incorporated in the state  of  Delaware on September 11,  2014. Effective
September 17, 2014, in order to facilitate the administration,  management, and development of our
business and our initial public offering,  Inovalon, Inc.,  which was  incorporated  in the state of Delaware
on November 18, 2005, implemented a holding company reorganization, pursuant to which we became
the new parent company and Inovalon, Inc.  became our  direct, wholly owned subsidiary.

On February 18, 2015, we completed our  initial public offering (the ‘‘IPO’’) of 22,222,222  shares of

Class A common stock and, upon the  underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional
shares, issued an additional 3,142,581 shares of  Class A common stock for a total of  25,364,803 shares
issued.  All of the shares issued in the IPO  were primary shares offered by us as none  of  our
stockholders sold any shares in the IPO.  The offering price of the  shares sold in the IPO  was $27.00
per share, resulting in net proceeds to us, after underwriters’ discounts and commissions and other
expenses  payable by us, of approximately $639.1  million.

On September 1, 2015, pursuant to the terms of a Share  Purchase Agreement (the ‘‘Purchase
Agreement’’) between the Company and Avalere Health, Inc. (‘‘Avalere’’), we acquired  100 percent of
the capital stock of Avalere for an aggregate stated purchase price  of $140.0 million, consisting  of  cash
and  235,737 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock which  are subject to resale restrictions.
Avalere is a provider of data-driven advisory services and business  intelligence solutions primarily to
the pharmaceutical and life sciences  industry.  Pursuant  to  the Purchase Agreement,  certain portions of
the stated purchase price of $140.0 million are contingent  upon the  achievement of financial and
operational objectives, and other portions  are  subject to continued employment provisions. The
addition of Avalere, with its more than 200  pharmaceutical and life sciences clients, as well as an
extensive array of client relationships with  payors,  providers and research  institutions, is expected  to
expand our capabilities and client base into  the expansive and adjacent markets of the pharmaceutical
and  life sciences industry. See Note 3 (Business Combinations), included elsewhere  within this annual
report on Form 10-K for more information.

2

On September 29, 2015, we announced the  introduction of Data  Diagnostics(cid:4) to the healthcare
marketplace. This technology, the latest  in our product  portfolio releases, provides a  suite  of hundreds
of patient-specific analyses that can be ordered  individually  by clinicians  on demand with the answer
provided within seconds—all without  leaving the clinician’s workflow. The  capability leverages vast
amounts of data across billions of medical  events, interconnectivity, and high-speed cloud-based
analytics to allow physician organizations, health  plans, accountable care  organizations (ACOs),
hospitals, integrated healthcare delivery  systems, ASO employer  groups, government programs, and
individual physicians to achieve valuable  clinical  insights,  strong clinical and quality  outcomes,
utilization efficiency, and overall financial performance on demand and in real  time. The  technology is
delivered in collaboration with Quest  Diagnostics, the  nation’s largest  laboratory organization,  providing
large-scale distribution to clinicians through Quest’s more  than 200,000  Care360(cid:3) provider portal
installations and more than 400 integrated EHR  platforms serving approximately half  of the physicians
and hospitals in the United States. We have been  investing resources as part of the  development and
anticipated operation and support of  Data Diagnostics(cid:4) since our second fiscal quarter of 2015 and
this  continued during the third quarter  and accelerated significantly in the fourth quarter of 2015 as we
ramp for operational activity within the Data Diagnostic platform. While still  in the early stages of this
platform’s introduction, initial feedback  from the  marketplace has been very positive.

Industry Overview

We  believe that the increasing demand for our  platform is  driven  by the confluence of four

fundamental healthcare industry trends:

Unsustainable Rise in Healthcare Costs. Healthcare spending in the U.S. increased 5.3% on  a
year-over-year basis to over $3 trillion in  2014  according to the 2014 National Health Expenditure
Highlights prepared by the Centers for  Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS,  representing more
than 17% of U.S. Gross Domestic Product, or GDP. The 2015 set of healthcare cost  projections from
the Congressional Budget Office, or the  CBO,  indicate national healthcare spending will rise to about
25% of GDP by 2040. To address this expected  significant rise in healthcare costs, the U.S. healthcare
market is seeking more efficient and  effective methods of  delivering care. This same trend is playing
out across modernized nations around the  globe.

Shift to Value-Based Healthcare. The traditional fee-for-service reimbursement model  in healthcare
has played a major role in elevating both the level  and growth rate of healthcare spending. In response,
both the public and private sectors are  shifting away  from the historical fee-for-service  models toward
value-based, capitated payment models that  are designed to incentivize value and quality at an
individual patient level. The number  of  Americans  covered by  capitated payment programs (care
programs wherein an organization is  financially responsible for the healthcare of a population of
patients for which the total compensation is  fixed  other  than adjustments for factors including
specifically how sick individual patients  are,  how much resource is needed to be applied or spent on
each  patient, what is the quality of the  clinical care, and other  demographic factors) has been
increasing rapidly and, according to industry  sources and our  internal estimates, is  anticipated to
increase from approximately 80 million at the start  of 2014 to over 150 million by 2019. This increase is
expected to further drive the critical importance to accurately  measure, analyze, report,  and improve
patient disease and comorbidity conditions, utilization rates, and clinical quality outcomes.

Digitization of Healthcare Information. Across the healthcare landscape, a significant amount of
data is being created every day driven  by  patient  care, payment systems, regulatory compliance, and
record keeping. These data include information within patient health records, clinical trials, pharmacy
benefit programs, imaging systems, sensors  and monitoring platforms, laboratory results, patient
reported information, hospital and physician  performance programs, and  billing and payment
processing. Despite significant investments by  public and private sources within the industry, however,

3

the digitized healthcare data remain largely stored  in ‘‘walled gardens’’—data that is static and not
easily shared or interpreted. As the amount of data in  healthcare continues to grow, we believe that it
will be critical for the healthcare industry  to be able to use  this  disparate  data to better achieve the
goals of higher quality and more efficient care.

Increasing Complexity. The healthcare industry is on a course of dramatically  progressive

complexity. As technology employed  in  the healthcare  space has  become increasingly  sophisticated, new
diagnostics and treatments have been introduced, the pool of  clinical research has expanded,  and the
paradigms dictating payment and regulatory oversight  have multiplied. This expanding  complexity drives
a growing and continuous need for analysis of  the underlying and resulting data.

Our Market Opportunity

We  believe that our opportunity is significant and growing. According to a  January 2013 McKinsey

report, utilizing data analytics could  reduce  healthcare costs in the United States by an estimated
$300 billion to $450 billion, or 12% to 17% of total U.S.  healthcare costs  today.

The ability to aggregate, integrate, and analyze data in massive scale  and  apply garnered insights in

a manner that achieves meaningful impact is crucial for healthcare payors (e.g.,  health  plans and
integrated health delivery systems), clinical providers (e.g., hospitals, ACOs, and physicians),
pharmaceutical and life sciences companies, and consumers. We estimate that our  addressable  market
for these capabilities serving these healthcare constituents to be approximately $83.8  billion. We believe
that the market opportunity for our current platform offering within the  payor market,  the historical
focus of our company, is approximately  $10.6 billion.  According to industry sources, the market for
software and related services is approximately $14.0 billion within the  U.S. payor  market. We  believe
that as analytics continue to demonstrate greater value within  the U.S. payor  landscape,  the market will
expand commensurately. As we continue  to build and launch  new capabilities, we believe it will provide
a significantly larger value opportunity within  this  same payor space. For  providers,  industry  sources
estimate that software and related services represent  a $32.3 billion U.S. market size. In the global
pharmaceutical and life-sciences market,  International Data Corporation,  or IDC,  in a 2013  report,
estimates a $30.9 billion market size  for total software and  services spend in 2013. In the consumer
market, an October 2013 Research and  Markets report estimated a  $6.6 billion global market  size for
mobile health applications and solutions.  As  with our other  market  segments,  we believe  that  analytics
will also drive a significant expansion in the consumer market.

In addition, the pressures that face the U.S.  healthcare market are  not  unique, as other

communities around the world are facing aging populations  and growing pressures in the  sustainable
affordability of healthcare. We believe  that our  capabilities  are highly applicable  to  other  developed  and
developing countries around the globe, which we believe represents a sizable related future  opportunity
for us.

Our Platforms

Our platforms are informed by clinical insights through our combination of  industry-leading subject

matter expertise and extensive proprietary  datasets.  Through the application of our platforms, we  help
our  clients achieve large- scale insight and meaningful improvement in  clinical and quality  outcomes,
utilization, and financial performance.

In deploying our technology, our clients want us  to  synthesize opaque,  convoluted, and disparate

data into actionable information aligned  with individualized  goals  and, in  turn,  empower  a patient and
provider intervention platform that achieves  the realization of their goals  in a  measurable  way.

4

Our platforms’ capabilities are currently engaged by hundreds  of clients  that leverage our ability to

analyze and improve clinical and quality outcomes  and  financial performance. These platforms are
applied  in a variety of environments.

Data Integration. Datasets and the management of data are part  of our core strengths, which give

us insight into how a patient, provider,  or population is doing. It grants us  both relative and absolute
insight, and informs the construction of new capabilities, predictive models, and impact predictions. It
speeds our time to client impact, decreases  the burden  on clients  choosing to do business with us, and
empowers our achievement of mission and results.

We  believe that our enterprise-scale data integration  and management processes are a critical
capability in achieving a material improvement  in clinical quality outcomes  and financial performance
in healthcare. We integrate data seamlessly  and securely  into  our systems through our proprietary
Extract, Transform, Load (‘‘ETL’’) tools and processes. This system  manages the process of defining
and configuring thousands of industry data feeds from our  clients and  partners (such as electronic
health records (‘‘EHR’’), laboratory, pharmacy,  patient  reported, claims,  paper based  medical  records,
biometric, and hospital data feeds respectively),  manages the data  processing workflow, and monitors
the ongoing provision and quality of data  through  the application of more than 2,000 data integrity
checks.

In addition to being maintained and  tagged within client-specific data lakes,  data  we receive  in the
course of providing our services are statistically de-identified and stored  in our MORE2 Registry(cid:3). The
MORE2 Registry(cid:3) goes beyond just claims data to include information about demographics,  enrollment,
diagnoses, procedures, pharmacy, laboratory results, and deep  medical record  clinical data and presents
a significant representative mix of commercial, HIX Marketplace, Medicare  Advantage, and managed
Medicaid care plan patients. The following is a sample of various components  within our MORE2
Registry(cid:3).

(cid:127) Patient Demographic Data
(cid:127) Medical Record Documentation
(cid:127) Operating Room, Procedure,

Discharge Summary,
Emergency Room Records

(cid:127) Electronic Health Record Data
(cid:127) Health Risk Assessment Data
(cid:127) Practitioner Profile Data
(cid:127) Claim Diagnostic Data
(cid:127) Eligibility and Enrollment Data

(cid:127) Benefits  Data
(cid:127) Encounter and  Procedural Data
(cid:127) Pharmacy Data
(cid:127) Imaging Report  Data
(cid:127) Laboratory  &  Pathology  Data
(cid:127) Durable Medical Equipment Data
(cid:127) Self-Reported  Data
(cid:127) Social History  Data
(cid:127) Activities of Daily Living (ADL)
(cid:127) Cost  Data

Advanced Analytics. For years we have developed, honed,  and  scaled a portfolio of sophisticated

analytics. Applying our team’s subject matter expertise  in computer processing, data architecture,
statistics, medical sciences, healthcare policy,  and  leveraging the  billions of medical events within our
significant propriety datasets, we believe that we have developed one of the most advanced  analytical
platforms within the industry, as well as a culture  and set of analytical  toolsets that serve to rapidly
innovate and expand our platform. Examples  of  the innovative analytics  powered by this combination of
data and processing capabilities include:

(cid:127) Disease and comorbidity presence and closure  probability determination analytics: Arriving at an
accurate understanding, documentation, and codification of the disease states of patients is
critical. In addition, through a proper understanding of each patient’s  needs, care can be more
effectively guided and delivered, quality  achieved, and financial  implications  understood.  In
order to guide the efficient use of resources to clarify the  disease  state of each patient across the
landscape of tens of thousands of codes, analytics are  employed to predictively  determine

5

whether a disease  or comorbidity is being overlooked or  is progressing at a rate or severity
otherwise not noted. Analytics that transcend  a single point in time, location, or point  of view to
take into consideration a more holistic view both in  absolute terms (i.e. solely with the patient
data in mind) and relative terms (i.e.  taking into consideration millions of other similar and
different cases) can be achieved. In addition  to  determining the potential presence of specific
disease and comorbidities, our analytics  can be applied to determine the statistical probability  of
successfully confirming and resolving such  a potential gap between known and suspected disease
conditions. In this way, resource prioritization can be achieved.

(cid:127) Clinical and quality outcomes gap presence and closure  probability determination analytics: Every
patient, whether healthy or acutely, or  chronically ill, needs a specific set  of preventative or
treatment-based healthcare services in periods specific  to  each  patient’s clinical  profile.
Additionally, patients with specific conditions,  such as  diabetes,  need specific elements of care
such as blood sugar testing, medication compliance,  and examinations to detect  complications of
diabetes. Standards within the industry  around quality of care have been created  by
organizations such as NCQA, URAC,  PQA, NQF, and medical societies looking to provide
thought leadership on behalf of their  patients. In order  to  help guide patients and their
physicians in addressing the preventative  care and treatment  needs  of each patient, our
predictive analytics are employed to determine each patient’s clinical profile, their  compliance
with treatment protocols and quality  measure standards,  and how these match up  to  established
quality standards. Further, our analytics are  not  only  focused  on determining  accurate  quality
measure profiles, but also on predicting which measures that are unfulfilled today will become
resolved on their own by the actions of the patient or  provider independent of any new
intervention. Not only do these analytics  empower  better  quality care, but  they make care more
cost effective, by suggesting the avoidance of unnecessary testing,  diagnostics,  or treatment, that
may not benefit the patient or change the patient’s  clinical  course based  upon historical patient
behavior.

(cid:127) Medication compliance and persistence  analytics: Critical management of many chronic conditions
is the effective utilization of prescription  drugs  to  stabilize disease progression, ease symptoms,
and facilitate healing. However, many barriers  exist  to  patients reliably filling  their prescriptions
and taking the medications that their  physician has prescribed, including the cost of treatment,
the side effects of treatment, and the patient’s engagement in  the treatment process. In order to
determine which patients are the most likely to achieve compliance with their  prescribed
treatment, the least likely, and susceptible to influence, we apply predictive models that examine
patients against their historical behavior  patterns and clinical profiles to guide the right
resources to the right patient  in order to maximize medication compliance and persistence.

(cid:127) Principally Relevant Provider (PRP) determination analytics: In order to best engage a patient with

the healthcare delivery system, it is important to identify  the physician whom the patient
considers to be his or her PRP with respect to specific issues needing attention. Particularly
important for patients with chronic conditions or complex issues  that see multiple physicians, the
determination of which physician possesses the greatest bond  can  make a significant difference
when seeking to assist the patient with resolution of an identified concern. In  some cases, for
instance, the patient’s health plan assigned primary care provider  may  or may not be the
physician that has established a trusted care provider relationship with the patient. Rather, a
patient’s key specialist may be most applicable to address  the patient’s  needs and to engage the
patient in effective self-management. We  analyze utilization patterns, follow-up patterns,
treatment compliance patterns, and other patient behaviors to help identify the provider that is
most relevant to address specific issues  which the patient may need  addressed within their care
plan.

6

(cid:127) Targeted intervention timing optimization  analytics: While the clinical lives of patients always

present opportunities for improvement,  the presence of a gap  does not necessarily mean that
such gap should be acted upon with high intensity, or even acted upon at all depending upon
the historical utilization patterns of the  patient.  Through predictive models that examine the
historical behavior patterns of the patient in  combination with the gaps that  need to be
addressed, optimal intervention timing can be achieved to allow the  patient  to  address his or her
gap without external intervention based  upon their preferences in utilizing the healthcare system,
suggesting the intervention occur only after the  patient  would have been expected to act on  their
own. Often watchful waiting may be  the  most appropriate  recommendation. By watchfully
waiting and evaluating the patient’s self-management  of his or  her issue, resources can  be
applied only after the patient has demonstrated  a failure or delay in acting themselves.  Through
successful intervention timing analytics,  multiple goals  can be achieved: cost avoidance (by not
undertaking costly interventions that may not have been  needed), confusion and frustration
avoidance (by not accidently directing a  patient or provider to undergo  an intervention when the
same was imminently being done), and resource planning (by having insight  into  when during a
year an intervention is most likely expected to be needed).

(cid:127) Targeted intervention venue and logistics optimization analytics: For those patients who have been

identified with a gap that needs to be addressed, in order  to cost  effectively deliver the
appropriate care and achieve gap closure, the  right intervention tool must be selected and
deployed to effectively address the specific  patient  and their  needs. This avoids deploying  a low
cost activity, such as a message or phone call, when such an  intervention has  little or no likely  or
predictable ability to achieve gap closure,  while also  avoiding deploying high  cost activities,  such
as a home visit or emergency room visit,  when the  gap could have been  easily addressed  through
a scheduled appointment at a convenient retail  clinic  or provider office. Applying analytics to
determine the right venue for gap closure,  sensitive to the cost  profile and effectiveness of each,
is critical for achieving cost effective and high quality healthcare.

(cid:127) Gap resolution valuation determination  and prioritization analytics: Because patients have multiple
gaps and needs, particularly those patients with chronic  conditions, it is important to prioritize
which  gaps need to be understood by the  patient  and  addressed in a manner that increases  their
engagement and self-management capability, without overwhelming the patient or  provider. As
such, analytics must be employed throughout the year to evaluate the unresolved gaps of each
patient and prioritize the resolution of  such gaps  based upon the  combined likelihood  of  closure
and the ultimate value of closure to  the patient and their health plan. By  understanding the
context of each gap in light of the patient’s full  clinical  profile  and by understanding the
patient’s situation in light of the health plan’s  quality metrics and  financial performance, gaps
can be valued and prioritized to make sure that the  most important  gaps  are  known  and
addressed at the right time for each patient.

(cid:127) Population simulation analytics: We apply analytical processes to create  propensity-matched
patient cohorts from our MORE2 Registry(cid:3) to simulate the characteristics of patients, their
behavior, their providers, and how these factors  translate into their  utilization of healthcare
resources, financial performance, and the  achievement of clinical quality and  outcomes goals.
This simulation process allows us to effectively provide a  control  group for demonstrating  the
outcomes trajectory of such patients  in comparison to populations that we manage  to  highlight
performance variations. This simulation process also  allows us to understand these populations
and design effective tools for improving their quality  of  care and  clinical outcomes.  Additionally,
these simulations allow us to bring new technology capabilities and  associated products to
market more quickly, accurately, and cost  effectively. Lastly, these simulations allow us to gain
insight into how a potential client population  may perform, enabling  us to have an additional
differentiator during a sales process.

7

(cid:127) Relative Comparative Analytics: An increasing number of measurement, incentive,  shared  savings
and reimbursement programs are based upon ‘‘budget neutral,’’ ‘‘zero sum games,’’ and other
relative or comparative models. Using our data and  analytics capabilities, we  can inform  the
relative comparison of population and cohort performance levels to assist  in guiding  strategic
investment decisions. More importantly, we can  perform these analytics  during a relevant date of
service period so that our clients can gain insight  into  how they  are  performing and how they
can make changes within their patient and provider groups  to  improve their  outcomes while
there is still time within the relevant date of service period to achieve  improvement. In the
absence of comparative analytics, many organizations  would otherwise use a  previous year’s
results to guide changes—a set of data that often does not even become available until  well into
a year, let alone representing information that is long outdated and largely  irrelevant when
performance is not only based upon how one is doing, but moreover based  upon how  one is
doing in comparison to others.

Intervention Platforms. Our data-driven intervention platforms are toolsets  and services that

enable our clients to take the insights derived from our analytics and implement  solutions  at the patient
and  provider level as being via hard copy  and electronic mail, interconnected EHR systems, telephonic
interactions, in patients’ homes, through mobile devices,  at  dedicated patient centers,  through
web-enabled decision support tools, in retail  pharmacies,  and in traditional clinical locations,  as
examples) in order to achieve meaningful impact with  the patient and provider. Some clients utilize our
analytical outputs to achieve value on  their own. Others  license  our data-driven  intervention platform
to support their ability to achieve data-driven impact. Yet others engage us to not only license  our
data-driven intervention platform, but also provide the  personnel services  necessary  to  leverage these
toolsets  and actually achieve the patient and provider-level impact.  Examples  of  our  data-driven
intervention platform tools include:

(cid:127) point of care tools that provide patient-level insight to the healthcare  provider,  which guides the

provider through precise data-driven  topics, issues, and  decision support to aid in the
assessment, documentation, and care  of a  specific respective patient. For example, our analytics
may identify that a patient’s diabetes has potentially progressed—possibly  due  to  a
non-compliance with their medications. Our decision support  tools  provide a mechanism  for this
information to be made known to a provider in  such  a  way  as to help them know that a patient
visit may be warranted, aid them during the patient clinical encounter  to  efficiently determine
the situation with the patient, support  proper documentation,  reporting, and  outcomes
measurement;

(cid:127) communication tools that support a wide  range  of notifications and interactions with  patients
and  providers via phone calls, mail, SMS messages, e-mails, etc., at the appropriate level of
implied education and language to aid in  the process  of achieving  patient  and provider actions.
It also may include education outreach which coordinates  the communications with health plan
patients regarding their health issues and to support self-management of  their conditions  by
guiding them to supplemental resources, coaching and health literacy;

(cid:127) supplemental patient encounter tools  that facilitate the  coordination  of data-driven  patient

encounters for those who are unable to participate  in traditional  office encounter  venues;  and

(cid:127) medical record data tools that facilitate electronic medical record data  pulls, remote  accessing,

and  clinical facility communications for site, scheduling, medical record  data  collection,
abstraction, review, quality control, archiving, and process tracking—regardless of the  underlying
medical record data medium (e.g., digital or  paper).

Business Processing. Our business processing toolsets are made up of  a powerful business

intelligence system and comprehensive data  warehousing to provide  historical and current  data  insight,
reporting, and benchmarking to support multiple client business needs such as government-mandated

8

data filings, financial planning, and compliance  requirements.  Examples of our business processing tools
include:

(cid:127) Data Warehousing  and Business Intelligence. We provide toolsets that enable comprehensive

warehousing and management of healthcare data in raw,  native formats as well as processed,
high-integrity data. We provide the flexibility  and accommodation for healthcare  practice  groups
who have varying levels of data sophistication—from advanced electronic connectivity
(i.e. remote medical practices) to onsite digitization and collection, to self-provision  of medical
records via fax, mail and electronic mail allowing for clinical data collection throughout the U.S.
These datasets are presented to our clients’ users  through  business intelligence systems that
include flexible dashboards, parameterized reports,  and  ad  hoc querying capabilities for
summarizing key analytics, allowing for the investigation of data trends  and deeper data
segregation and analyses, and access to key benchmarking information. These data warehousing
and business intelligence toolsets are built  on industry-leading technologies to integrate our
clients’ data (e.g., provider, facility, patient,  enrollment, benefits, lab results, pharmacy, claims,
quality scores, financial metrics, performance forecasts, etc.)  and the data results and benchmark
information from our MORE2 Registry(cid:3). We are able to provide our clients with the ability to
gain insight into both their own data and their own data in comparison to our large integrated
dataset to help improve the quality of  care provided  to  patients, drive financial performance, and
aid in strategic business processes of  the client organization.

(cid:127) Data Management and Submission. Leveraging our data warehousing toolsets,  our solutions  help
our  clients to manage their data and  translate their data into the  formats necessary for, among
other needs, submission to government entities  in support of quality and outcomes measurement
and revenue determinations, and provision  to  their various internal and external business
processes. These data management solutions address  the formulation of data  submission files in
summary and patient level-data format  as required by regulatory bodies,  as well as the workflow
processes to receive submission response files  to  support the  reconciliation of data submissions,
corrections to data submitted with response issues, and resubmission processes. These  processes
operate in an integrated manner with  our business intelligence solutions to provide  our clients
visibility into the details of their data submissions  at the population level, the patient level, the
attributed provider level, and for user defined  custom cohorts.

Growth Strategies

Our objective is to continue to provide leading analytics and interventions platforms across the

healthcare landscape while continuing  to  grow profitably. We intend to achieve this objective through
the following key strategies:

Deliver Increasing Value to Existing Clients. We enjoy long term client relationships which entail
multiple separate product engagements demonstrated by our average 5.0-year  tenure  for our top  10
clients  with an aggregate of 66 separate  statements of work as of December 31, 2015. Additionally,  we
have hundreds of client organizations that currently have only  a limited number of services with  us.
Frequently we see clients that started  with just  one service with us realize the  value that we are
delivering and then expand their business  with us to add  additional services. We believe that we have a
significant opportunity to deliver increasing value to our existing clients and this, in  turn,  will drive
continued growth for us. As our clients  recognize value and success  as a  result of working  with our
platforms, we frequently see them grow in their patient count and increase the number of products
engaged with us—both of which result in  our mutual success and growth.  As we continue to deliver
value to our clients, we plan to increase  revenue from our existing clients by expanding their  use of our
platform, selling to other parts of their  organizations, and  selling  additional analytical toolsets and
services to them. Our pricing model allows  us to grow incrementally along with our  clients’ growth.  We
are also able to introduce new healthcare plans  that require additional functionality and insights as the

9

healthcare market becomes more complex  and the  regulatory environment evolves,  providing us  with a
substantial opportunity to increase the  value of  our  client relationships.

Continue to Grow Our Client Base. We believe that there is a substantial opportunity to continue

to grow our client base. We intend to  leverage our expertise and  experience from  the existing large
client base to gain new clients through  increased investment in  our sales force and marketing  efforts. In
addition, by leveraging our sector expertise and thought leadership, we believe that we can increasingly
become  the partner of choice for our  existing clients. The network effect created by delivering
increasing client value and consequently expanding our brand and  service value, coupled with  our
industry expertise, is also driving substantial inbound client  interest.

Continue to Innovate. Our strength in applying advanced, big  data, cloud- based  data analytics
and our proprietary datasets enable us  to  achieve  increasingly more  impactful results for  our  clients. In
order to continue delivering meaningful  results in clinical and quality  outcomes, utilization, and
financial performance across the healthcare landscape, we  intend to continue to invest in research and
development to further enhance our data analytics and intervention platforms. For example, we recently
announced the launch of Data Diagnostics(cid:4), a suite of hundreds of real-time patient-specific data
analyses that clinicians can order individually, on demand at the point  of care  within their existing
workflow to identify and address gaps  in  quality,  risk,  utilization and  medical history insights. Powered
by Inovalon’s sophisticated large-scale data  interconnectivity and analytical  platform,  Data Diagnostics(cid:4)
allow clinicians to order advanced analytics for  their  patients on-demand  and,  within seconds, receive
results, for informed decision making during the patient encounter. We also announced during 2015,
the acceleration of big data processing  empowering  our QSI(cid:3) platform, enabling a significant
functionality expansion in our clinical quality outcomes  measurement capabilities supporting  accelerated
performance for HEDIS, Stars, QARR  and  other  measurement and reporting standards.  This
advancement will also support the acceleration of our related predictive analytics  capabilities.  As a
result, we expect our clients to experience  significantly reduced cycle times, allowing for  complex
measure calculations at speeds which are more than 10 times faster  than any other comparable solution
which  we are aware of in the healthcare  industry.

Continue Expanding into Adjacent Verticals. We believe the application of advanced analytics and

data extends well beyond our current  market opportunities and  provides  additional adjacent market
verticals for growth which include:

(cid:127) Providers: Physicians, practice groups, hospitals, and combinations of such providers are making
a transition from a fee-for-service based  healthcare model environment to a quality and  value
based healthcare model environment. As part of this, providers are entering  into  shared  savings,
shared risk, and other forms of arrangements with private and  government  payors. They  are
investing in the technology infrastructure  needed  to  compete and survive in the  changing
healthcare environment. Many of the forces being applied to healthcare  payors are being pushed
downstream to the provider marketplace directly through contractual arrangements, and
indirectly through traditional competitive  forces. Our business intelligence platforms assist
providers and provider organizations to understand the  current status and projected implications
of the complex arrangements that are  increasingly governing their marketplace. In addition, our
datasets, analytical tools, and clinical  encounter engagement platforms can  be  applied  to  assist
these providers and provider organizations  to  focus on  delivery of high  quality care and  to
succeed under the increasing pressure  of these  market  forces.

(cid:127) Pharmaceutical and Life Sciences: The significant investment in drug and treatment  development
pipelines creates pressure within life  sciences companies to focus on the areas of greatest  need
and opportunity, while growing their presence in the  treatment process, from simply the creation
of treatments, to the ongoing delivery and support of treatments that achieve desired  outcomes.
Our deep and growing healthcare datasets, analytical tools, and clinical encounter  engagement

10

platforms can be applied to assist life  science companies in  advancing their missions  to  improve
healthcare by providing them the insights necessary for  them to provide safe, effective, and
affordable treatments for individuals and  populations, informing  the growth of their treatment
portfolios and assisting in the delivery of treatment programs. The acquisition of  Avalere, a
provider of data-driven advisory services and business intelligence  solutions  primarily to the
pharmaceutical and life sciences industry is expected to expand our  capabilities  and client base
into the expansive and adjacent markets of the  pharmaceutical and life  sciences industry.

(cid:127) Employer and Private Exchanges: The growing cost of healthcare is putting pressure on

employers to find creative ways to control costs while continuing to offer  competitive benefits
and attractive healthcare options to their employees. Our capabilities  in analytics supporting  the
advancement of quality of care and cost effectiveness in healthcare can be applied to assisting
employers in understanding and improving  their populations’ utilization  of healthcare services to
advance the design of innovative plan benefit packages,  provider networks, and population
management support programs.

(cid:127) Direct-To-Consumer: As consumers become increasingly interested in quantifying and  improving
their health, our capabilities can help them understand their relevant data and empower their
ability  to make better decisions in a broad range of health-related  areas  from informing and
managing their own health-related decisions to selecting physicians, hospitals, and treatments
that best fit their individual needs. Further, our datasets and  connectivity  with the payor and
provider landscape can provide a valuable  element to the consumer’s  increasing  desire to
monitor and manage their holistic healthcare profile.

Expand Reach through Growing our Channel  Partnerships. While we have been successful in
growing our business through our direct  sales  efforts, we  believe there is a significant opportunity that
exists for us to further expand our reach  through channel partnerships.  There are many  organizations
in the healthcare space outside of the  traditional payor and  provider space  that  have meaningful impact
on the quality of healthcare, such as  retail  clinics, pharmaceutical companies, CROs, large technology
solution providers, and consulting firms. We believe our platform is well positioned to empower these
organizations with powerful data-driven  analytics and intervention  insights,  which can  benefit their end
consumers through improved care and  better  outcomes. For example, we  launched  a partnership with
Walgreens, the nation’s largest drugstore  chain.  This partnership has allowed us to leverage our
proprietary data assets and distinctive analytics capabilities to bolster Walgreens’ Clinics point-of-care
solutions by providing clinicians with  access  to  predictive insights about  a patient’s health status and
data- driven intervention considerations, resulting  in more efficient  and  higher quality  standard of
patient care while reducing the cost of  care.

Continue to Leverage our Technology Partnerships. The healthcare industry has traditionally lagged
behind the technology innovation curve. Big data and high-performance  analytics frameworks  have not
yet been widely adopted by the healthcare industry. We have been a leader in the use  of these  high-
performance technologies and analytics in  the healthcare industry. We have been  closely collaborating
with EMC and their federated companies of VMware  and  Pivotal on numerous infrastructure  projects
to integrate and enable modern high-performance compute and storage frameworks at  the point of
care. Our advanced data processing and analytics  capabilities, coupled with infrastructure thought
leadership from leading vendors such as  EMC  has enabled us  to  empower our  clients with powerful
data-driven solution offerings and further transform  the use  case of modern technologies across the
evolving IT healthcare landscape.

Expand  Internationally. Governments, corporations, and consumers worldwide face similar
pressures as within the U.S. with respect to their healthcare systems. We believe that our capabilities
are highly applicable to other countries around  the world and we  intend  to invest in  replicating our
success in the U.S. market to other strategic  countries and regions.

11

Selectively Pursue Acquisitions. We plan to selectively pursue acquisitions of complementary
businesses, technologies, and teams,  such  as  our acquisition of Avalere, that we expect to allow us to
add new features and functionalities to  our platform  and accelerate the pace of our innovation and
expansion into adjacent market spaces  beyond what we can achieve organically.

Leverage our Dynamic, Passionate, and  Mission-Focused Culture. We believe that our work must
meet a higher standard. We believe that  the analytics  that we design, deliver, and support achieve an
impact in the lives of real people—parents, spouses,  partners, siblings, and children—making  integrity
and quality cornerstones of our culture.  Our dedication  to integrity and quality extends to the
proprietary technology used for medical data integration, analysis, abstraction,  and reporting.  Even
more importantly, this culture is embraced throughout our  company.

We  hold ourselves to a high standard. We strive to ensure  that each report, file, and dataset

delivered to clients meets or exceeds superior  standards of quality.  We  strive to ensure that each phone
call,  every patient encounter, and each customer encounter informed  and supported by our  analytics
and platform meets or exceeds superior  standards of  quality. These  values permeate our organization
and drive our identity as a company  that we believe drives growth and how we innovate,  deliver  our
solutions to our clients, and attract and retain  the best talent.

Our Technology

Big Data Platform

Throughout the healthcare industry, data is captured from many  different sources, and  while
standards for exchanging information  between healthcare  applications are  emerging, much of the data
associated with population health remains  in disparate silos, in various formats,  on paper,  and is both
interchanged and processed without  automation. Where investments have been made in  the digitization
of health data, many of the resulting  solutions remain  ‘‘walled  gardens’’  of information—data that is
static and not easily shared or interpreted.

Our big data technology platform was designed and developed  to  address these challenges. Our

platform enables integration of any data  source, on  any hardware platform, in  any data format at
extremely high speeds. This advanced approach  to  delivering technology is comprehensive in that it
provides for real-time capture, extremely  rapid analytical  processing and  redistribution of  health  data.
We  believe that very few other healthcare  technology platforms, if any, address the integration  of  the
payor, the provider, and the patient, with  high  volume, at rapid velocity, with  the same depth of  data.

We  believe that our big data capabilities enable us  to  receive,  integrate, and process extremely
large-scale data flows at truly industry-leading speeds, creating  what we believe to be a material market
differentiator and value creator for us  and our clients. While data integration  and processing at scale
within the healthcare landscape (known for its highly  disparate and ‘‘dirty’’ data characteristics)  are key
technology barriers to many organizations,  we believe that  we have made these capabilities a true
differentiator—we are able to onboard clients  and maintain high velocity computes  in industry- leading
times.

Our big data platform has been created through  the use  of internally created  software coupled

with industry-leading technology frameworks  that are vendor- agnostic.  We  leverage modern big  data
frameworks such as Hadoop Distributed  File  System and Hadoop  which enable our platform to store
structured and unstructured data while making it  readily accessible by our analytics  engine. Our  big
data processing capabilities enable dramatic  improvements  in data  integration and  analytical  cycle
speed to value recognition to empower  improvements for  intelligent product development through the
‘‘real world’’ functional application. Our big data  platform laid  the foundation  of the data fabric
allowing integration into our analytical capabilities. We  have moved analytics to the  data  instead of
requiring the data to be brought to the  analytics  platform.

12

Data Intake

Our platform receives information from multiple  external sources that are loaded into our ‘‘data

lake’’ in  its native format. Files may  be  received  through secure FTP, web services, and direct
connections to external systems. Loading the  data into  the data lake  in its  native format ensures  that
we maintain all data as it is received  and  allows users to query the data directly in  its structured  or
unstructured format.

Processing data in its raw format presents many technological  challenges. We have developed
interactive data mapping technologies to support the mapping of the raw  data files to staging structures
used by our platform to convert data  from its native  format into a structured  format that can  be  used
by all processes on our platform. Once mapped, the  data  is run through multiple processes to
standardize the data and perform data  verification  and  integrity checks.  For example, one  source may
provide person’s gender using code values  of ‘‘1’’ for male and ‘‘2’’ for female.  Other  clients may use
values of ‘‘M’’ and ‘‘F’’ to represent  the same data.  Similarly, one source may send  a specific  laboratory
result value as 7.25 while another source may  fill in  significant digits  and  send 7250. Our platform
applies our data integrity analytics to convert  the incoming data  to  values that are  uniform  across our
entire platform.

Our technology platform is built upon modern big  data frameworks such as Hadoop Distributed
File System and Hadoop which enables our platform  to  store structured and unstructured  data  while
making it readily accessible by our analytics  engine.

Data access provided by our data lake leverages scalable application program interfaces, or APIs,

and service based architecture techniques  enabling access to the contextual data needed to perform
many  different types of analytics. An  API  is an application program interface, or software intermediary,
that makes it possible for disparate systems to communicate  and function with  each other. Ultimately,
data is provided to the analytics process and results  are stored  via service based requests  to  provide a
scalable repository of source and results  data.

Technology Infrastructure

We  believe that our track record of service is the result  of our commitment to excellence and our

devotion to maintaining one of the industry’s  most sophisticated technology infrastructures.  We have
made significant investments over the past decade to build an  industry-leading enterprise-scale
infrastructure capable of managing the  heavy computing and storage requirements  of  our  data-driven
business. Today, we employ a combination of  owned, virtualized  data centers along with  hosted facilities
to enable seamless, secure, and scalable solutions  nationwide.

Our physical compute and storage infrastructure is deployed  with a hybrid approach to cloud

computing. Leveraging heavily virtualized  infrastructure together with  orchestration and automation

13

tools, we have achieved significant capabilities within our private cloud  environment. The following
diagram provides a high level overview of our  key  infrastructure elements.

Our data and compute capacity is maintained within an  interconnected set of  infrastructure
sets made up of two principal  datacenters owned  by us in the Washington Metro and  Atlanta
Metro region, and one co-located datacenter facility  located in Northern  Virginia, with the
ability to interconnect agnostically to third-party cloud capacity providers such as  those shown
within the diagram. This macro architecture provides us a  significant ability  to maintain both
enterprise-level capacity and redundancy, while also achieving significant flexibility and  cost
effectiveness for burst capacity needs.

22FEB201621224771

We  have a proven track record in implementing  virtualization as  our current datacenters  are over

85% virtualized using VMware technologies. Operations of the virtualization technologies  are
streamlined by the orchestration, automation,  and reporting  capabilities  provided by our private cloud
and integration with public cloud service providers. These technologies will  be  used  to  provide
computing, storage, and networking components to the  hosting environment and provide operational
efficiencies and cost optimization for the  corporation.

In partnership with EMC, VMware,  and Pivotal, we  have implemented a sophisticated  hybrid cloud

and service based application stack design, enabling ‘‘burst’’ capacity architecture to allow provider-
agnostic utilization of public cloud capacity  if  such capacity is  required. Our virtualization  technology
has been integrated with automation and orchestration  technology to create  a cloud environment  that
provides both Infrastructure and Platform as Service capabilities. These service based capabilities allow
us to dynamically expand our compute  capacity in  real time and provide the business with  a cost
effective and  nimble platform. By leveraging both private and  public  cloud  offerings,  we can provide
efficient, elastic, and cost effective compute resources  based on  the operational needs of our clients.
We  believe we are pioneers in the use  of big data technology  and high performance  compute
technology stack at the point of care  in our industry.

14

Our platform is built utilizing an innovative enterprise infrastructure platform enabling  robust

performance scaling, strong security, high  availability, and advanced business continuity options. The
building blocks of this infrastructure  consist of the  following:

(cid:127) Multiple data centers connected by  redundant  high-speed WAN connections;

(cid:127) High competency and utilization of virtualization  technologies;

(cid:127) Rapid provisioning of computing capabilities to support the  dynamic  elasticity needed to support

the variable computing needs of the application;

(cid:127) Measured service to optimize resource  utilization and  provide transparency of the utilized

services; and

(cid:127) Available hosting facilities providing physical  structure compliance with  Federal Information

Security  Management Act, or FISMA, standards.

The following diagram provides a high-level  view of our key platform elements.

22FEB201621224226

Disaster Recovery

Our contingency program is designed to provide an immediate response  and subsequent  recovery

from unplanned business disruptions. Supported by our Washington, DC Metro,  Atlanta  Metro,  and
Northern Virginia data centers, our contingency program provides a coordinated emergency response
foundation across the organization. The program includes business continuity, emergency occupant,
security incident response, and disaster  recovery plans that encompass all areas  of our  technology and
business operations. These interrelated processes  align to provide maximum  protection and risk
mitigation. In addition to company-wide  plans,  specific details on  event response and subsequent
business recovery actions and activities  are included  within each  respective business unit plan.

Network Operations Center

We  maintain a central network operations center, or NOC,  where systems  are monitored to ensure

proper operation and capacity utilization. The NOC  monitors and collects information  about a

15

multitude of technology operating metrics regarding system load and status. In  conjunction with  the
rapid provisioning capability, automation,  and standardization, the NOC provides  us  with the
automated capabilities to oversee and  manage our technology resources in order to meet business
demands.

Privacy Management and Data Security

Protected health information is perhaps  the most sensitive component of personal information. It

is highly  important that information about  an individual’s healthcare is properly and  thoroughly
protected from any inappropriate access,  use and disclosure.  Given the industry vertical in which  we
operate, we realize the importance of  the safety and sensitivity of personal health information. We  have
been a trusted partner to our clients and  are  committed to ensuring  the security and privacy of our
client data, enterprise data, and our  systems through  the application of highly trained personnel, robust
processes, and technology. Our privacy and security management  includes:

(cid:127) governance, frameworks, and models to promote  good decision making  and accountability. Our

comprehensive privacy and security program is  based on industry practices including  those of the
National Institute of Standards and Technology, the  Control  Objectives for  Information and
Related Technology, Defense Information Systems Agency, and FISMA;

(cid:127) an internal security council, which  advises  on and prioritizes the development  of information

security initiatives, projects, and policies;

(cid:127) a layered approach to privacy and security management  to  avoid single points  of failure;

(cid:127) ongoing evaluation of privacy and  security practices to promote  continuous  improvement;

(cid:127) use of safeguards and controls including:  administrative, technical, and physical  safeguards;

(cid:127) collaboration with our clients on best security and privacy practices; and

(cid:127) working closely with leading researchers, thought leaders,  and policy makers.

Our Platforms’ Components

Our platforms are composed of analytical and data-driven intervention components that

collectively comprise a fully integrated suite of systems  designed, developed, and maintained to achieve
client value. The following are our key  toolsets that  we use to deliver our client solutions.

Data Integration Toolsets

iPort(cid:4).

iPort is our data integration and management  process toolset.  This proprietary toolset

leverages a decade of dataset extraction,  transform, and  load experience,  in combination with  data
format insights gained from analysis of our  extensive MORE2 Registry(cid:3) dataset, to enable high volume
data integration at enterprise scale. Applying more than 1,100 data integrity checks constructed from
the analysis of data feeds that have constituted  more than  11.0 billion medical events  within the
MORE2 Registry(cid:3), iPort(cid:4) is able to manage data integration through an advanced exception rules
processing—thus empowering both high throughput rates and accuracy. With data feed profiles
monitoring for characteristics ranging from receipt timing, content, and  format, to referential integrity,
and  trend consistency, iPort(cid:4)  processes the integration of thousands of  data  feeds received by  us while
maintaining state-of-the-art security protocols and HIPAA compliance.

EHR Integration Engine. Our EHR interoperability is a capability that enables us to  both (a) push

patient-specific and provider-specific data  and analytical results to EHR platforms, and  (b) aggregate
clinical data from patient-specific and provider-specific content within  EHR platforms in a highly
efficient manner. Designed to achieve these tasks  within both cloud-based and single-install  EHR

16

environments, our interoperability enables both the  capture of clinical data and the delivery of
data-driven interventions at the clinical  point-of-care  within the workflow  of  the clinical  environment.

Advanced Analytics Toolsets

In addition to the innovative analytics  capabilities  discussed  above under ‘‘—Our  Platforms—

Advanced Analytics,’’ our data analytics  platform  includes the following key toolsets to facilitate our
provision  of data analytics services to our  clients:

Predictive Clinical Insight System (PCIS(cid:4)). PCIS(cid:4)  identifies the diagnoses and comorbidities that
may exist for a patient but which are  incompletely  or improperly reflected within  the clinical  profile of
the patient as known to the patient’s health plan.  The PCIS(cid:4) system is designed to evaluate patients
for undocumented conditions, worsening  conditions, and uncoded  conditions that are important for the
effective ongoing management of the patient. Each of these gaps  represents a potential incongruence
between the ‘‘data picture’’ and the ‘‘true clinical  picture’’ of  the patient. These  gaps, if unresolved, can
prevent the proper care and resources  to  be directed  to  the respective patient, as well  as cause health
plans to recognize significant financial losses due to reimbursement inaccuracy, failed quality
improvement goals, and utilization waste.  Upon  identifying each disease and  comorbidity  incongruence,
PCIS(cid:4) generates and reports a potential impact,  probability, and prioritization  for  the resolution of
each  gap. Evidence of unconfirmed diagnosis,  worsening disease  states,  overlooked  chronic  conditions,
implications of durable medical equipment, absences of coding specificity, and  coding combinations are
but a few examples of categorical analysis that are undertaken by PCIS(cid:4).

Quality Spectrum Insights Suite (QSI(cid:3), QSFD(cid:3) and QSCL). These toolsets provide a flexible
run-time engine and user-friendly tools  for the design, development, and  deployment  of a broad set of
healthcare data analytics across the spectrum of clinical and quality outcomes, healthcare  utilization,
spending patterns, provider and network  performance, and patient risk profiles. The advanced graphical
user interface (provided through Quality  Spectrum Flowchart  Designer, or QSFD(cid:3)) empowers clients’
clinical, product development, and research  staff  to  achieve  superior analytical functionality without
having advanced statistical, epidemiological, or programming  experience.

QSI(cid:3) operates on both traditional relational database architectures, as  well as  on advanced  big
data architectures within the QSCL and  QSI(cid:3)-XL versions of the system. Core to its architecture  is a
proprietary Massively Parallel Processing (MPP)  engine utilizing  a  Shared Nothing processing approach
that scales linearly with additional processors, and  a highly scalable grid storage array, enabling  the
development of an exceptional generation of  toolsets driven  by near-real time  analytics across extremely
large datasets.

Monthly Member Detail Map (MMDM(cid:4)). The MMDM(cid:4) aggregates analytical outputs of other
analytical toolsets to arrive at a coordinated gap resolution plan  informing intervention  strategies to
resolve gaps in care, quality, and financial performance  across large populations. To achieve this, the
MMDM(cid:4)  uses targeted patient-specific, site-specific, and provider-specific predictive analytics to
enable and direct the right intervention for  the right patient, in the right  venue, at  the right time. In
addition to layering, prioritizing, and  chronologically orchestrating data-driven intervention plans, the
MMDM(cid:4)  also enables the coexistence of Inovalon-driven analytics alongside client  and third- party
initiatives. The analytical processes necessary to assemble the  separate  outputs  of  other analytical
toolsets and creating the MMDM(cid:4) output are highly complex but highly valuable in translating such
disparate analyses into a practical operating plan to achieve positive impact for the provider and
patient.

Data Diagnostics(cid:4). This technology provides a suite of hundreds of patient-specific  analyses  that

can be ordered individually by clinicians  on demand with the answer  provided  within seconds—all
without leaving the clinician’s workflow. The capability leverages vast amounts of data across  billions of

17

medical events, interconnectivity, and  high-speed cloud-based  analytics to allow physician organizations,
health plans, ACOs, hospitals, integrated  healthcare delivery systems, ASO employer  groups,
government programs, and individual  physicians to achieve valuable clinical insights, strong  clinical and
quality outcomes, utilization efficiency,  and  overall  financial performance  on demand and in  real time.

Intervention Toolsets

ePASS(cid:3). Our electronic patient assessment solution  suite,  or ePASS(cid:3), is a web-enabled,
point-of-care decision support tool designed to deliver both patient-level insight and  guided clinical
decision support. Through the use of ePASS(cid:3), the point-of-care clinical provider is  able  to  access
patient-  specific information and is guided  through data-driven topics for their  consideration.

The ePASS(cid:3) tool offers clinicians insight into the patient profile analytically compiled from claims

data (e.g., procedures, admissions, diagnoses,  durable medical equipment, nursing homes, etc.),
prescription drug data, laboratory data, clinical  data, and patient reported data. Additionally, the
outputs from our analytical processes  translate into patient-specific questions and guidance within  the
ePASS(cid:3) toolset availing the clinician to potential concerns around disease,  quality, utilization,
medication adherence, preventative medicine,  patient  education, and many other areas of focus. In
addition to its core functionality, ePASS(cid:3) is easily configured to allow custom analytics, question sets,
and testing follow-up to be incorporated  for specific needs. ePASS(cid:3) patient-specific, point-of-care
documentation and decision support capabilities generates medical  record documentation in a
regulatory-compliant format to support  treatment plans,  continuity  of care, and  patient  data  accuracy.
Ultimately, the use of ePASS(cid:3) patient data access and decision support  capability results in not only  a
more comprehensive clinical encounter,  but a  more efficient  encounter.

Site Review Support Application (SRSA(cid:4)). SRSA(cid:4) coordinates clinical data collection at  facilities

across the nation. To achieve this, as a first step, SRSA(cid:4)  orchestrates the determination of which
clinical data medium and transfer modality may  be  most efficiently achieved (e.g., remote EHR  access,
EHR data export, fully integrated EHR  interoperability, paper-based medical  records, etc.). Once  data
mediums are determined, SRSA(cid:4) undertakes necessary steps of facility communications, onsite
scheduling, data abstraction, review, and quality control. During the  fourth  quarter  of  2014, Inovalon
launched the next generation of SRSA(cid:4), known as SAFHIRE(cid:4). This next generation of SRSA(cid:4)
advances our ability to aggregate, quality  control, and process  clinical data more  efficiently and on
greater scale than ever before, enhancing  the ability  to  interact with clinical  facilities  more effectively
and load balance workflows across Inovalon’s nationwide presence.

Integrated Data Collection Tool (iDCT(cid:4)). The iDCT(cid:4)  facilitates the accurate and efficient

recordation of clinical information into  discrete data elements from a wide variety of clinical data
sources. The iDCT(cid:4)  incorporates both hard and soft error correction and quality control capabilities
supporting the comprehensive data review  and audit  trail development  process. Deployed  in both
cloud-based configurations and through an ‘‘occasionally  connected’’  mobile configuration, the iDCT(cid:4)
allows for clinical data abstraction in large  volumes.

Integrated Telephonic Communication Coordinator (iTCC(cid:4)).

In order to achieve effective provider

and patient engagement, outbound and  inbound communications must  be highly targeted based  upon
analytics and informed with integrated  patient and provider  profiles to make communications effective
and efficient. iTCC(cid:4) supports this communication to ensure that value is  delivered  and  program goals
are achieved for clients. The iTCC(cid:4) manages the communications and logistics of the following value
delivery modalities:

(cid:127) Encounter Facilitation: Through traditional and electronically  generated letters and targeted
telephonic outreach, iTCC(cid:4) connects patients with providers to improve care  management,
clinical outcomes, and prospective reimbursement rates.

18

(cid:127) Supplemental Patient Encounter: In certain situations, patients are unable  to  participate in a

traditional office encounter within a desired or  optimal timeline. For these cases,  a Supplemental
Patient Encounter (e.g., in-home encounter, retail clinic encounter, or other  facility enabling a
clinician and patient face-to-face encounter opportunity  to occur)  can  be  performed to achieve
patient assessment, care, quality, documentation,  and other goals of an  analytically-driven and
data-driven encounter. iTCC(cid:4)  manages the process of coordinating such encounters when this
type of  intervention is indicated by our analytics.

(cid:127) Patient Education Outreach: iTCC(cid:4) supports data-driven outreach in written  and telephonic
modalities to educate a patient regarding their health  issues and to support  patient-specific
self-management of their conditions by  guiding  patients to community resources, providing
coaching, and providing health education and  health literacy support.

Business Processing Toolsets

Claims Aggregation, Analysis and Submissions system,  or CAAS(cid:4). CAAS(cid:4) provides comprehensive

claims data warehousing and processing  to support government-mandated data submissions and  cost
reporting. It supports the integration of data in  the raw, native format  with strong data quality
oversight to ensure ETL data accuracy.  As a component of regulatory  compliance, the  CAAS(cid:4) system
manages the formulation of de-identified  patient-level  datasets and provides a solution to manage and
respond in a timely manner to rejected, edited  records/reports from HHS.

CAAS(cid:4)  serves as a staging warehouse and processing system where all pertinent  submission data

is stored, and on which analytics are  run to identify the data appropriate  for submission  including:

(cid:127) The maintenance of longitudinal matching between the de-identified submission data and the
identified data within the CAAS(cid:4)  data warehouse to  achieve full lineage and auditability;

(cid:127) The identification of eligible claims  for risk adjustment calculations,  and codification/indexing of

claims excluded from calculations for quality  assurance analysis;

(cid:127) The replication of HHS risk models to calculate risk scores  based upon  available data;

(cid:127) The assignment of patients into models and  risk  score calculation categories;

(cid:127) The calculation of risk score components including demographic  factors, Hierarchical Condition
Categories, or HCCs, HCC groups,  interactions, severity adjustment, and cost sharing reduction
adjustments; and

(cid:127) Accumulation calculations of patient-specific costs against  attachment  points and caps for

reinsurance submissions.

INDICES(cid:4). Our INDICES(cid:4)  toolset is an enterprise-level, web- enabled business intelligence
reporting toolset that provides visualization of data and results to authorize client users via dashboards,
reports, and ad hoc queries. INDICES(cid:4) is built on online analytical processes (OLAP)  technologies  to
integrate our clients’ data (e.g., patient, enrollment, lab results, pharmacy, claims, etc.), the results from
our  data analytics and data-driven interventions, and benchmark information from our MORE2
Registry(cid:3), to provide our clients with the ability to gain  insight into the multiple facets of their patients,
providers, and facility network. INDICES(cid:4)  supports our clients’ goals to improve the  quality of care
provided to patients, drive financial performance, and  aid  in the support of  their strategic business and
care decisions.

In addition to enabling real-time insight  into  common  considerations such as utilization, member
demographics, and financial performance  across populations and  customized cohorts, the  INDICES(cid:4)
toolset also provides valuable business intelligence  into  the analysis  of highly  complex and valuable
considerations in healthcare. For example, INDICES(cid:4) can provide users patient- level risk

19

sub-segmented by plan-defined characteristics; population, cohort, and patient-level premium revenue
and risk-adjusted revenue sub- segmented by plan-defined characteristics; population, cohort, and
patient-  level reinsurance accumulation sub-segmented by  plan-defined  characteristics; population,
cohort, and patient-level medical loss ratios sub-segmented by  plan-defined  characteristics; and
population, cohort, and patient-level Edge  Server processing analysis and results reconciliation. Further,
INDICES(cid:4)  provides insight into highly sophisticated analytics  such as quality  outcome score
projections for future reporting periods  which necessarily take  into consideration the impact of national
score projections on individual Star rating thresholds as set by  CMS.

Our Clients

For over 16 years, we have provided  quality  services to our clients.  During that time, we have built

a leading position and have become a  true  thought  leader and innovator  in our industry. We  have
achieved significant scale, and we believe that we  play  a key role in the U.S. healthcare  market. During
2015, we provided services to hundreds  of clients  of  various sizes in markets around  the country,
representing 20 of the top 25 health  plans  by size,  117 of 456  U.S.  health  plans, 105  of 733 ACOs, and
176 of  1,665 life sciences organizations.  For the year ended December 31,  2014, two  significant clients,
Independence Blue Cross and Anthem  (formerly  known  as WellPoint),  each  expanded their business
with us to account for between 11%  and 12%, respectively,  of our total revenue during the year. For
the year ended December 31, 2015, each of the aforementioned significant clients remained significant
clients  of ours, however, as our Company grew, Independence Blue Cross no longer represented
greater than 10% of our revenue. For  the year ended  December  31, 2015, Anthem accounted for
approximately 12% of our total revenue, while no other clients  represented greater than  10% of our
revenue. See Note 2 (Summary of Significant  Accounting  Policies), under the  heading ‘‘Concentrations
of Credit Risk’’, included elsewhere within this  annual  report on Form 10-K for more information.

Client Services Support

Because our analytics and data-driven intervention services  speak  to  a  complex set  of industry
pressures, we have chosen to structure  our client  services  organization around  associates  with industry-
leading subject matter expertise. This  approach  affords our  clients the opportunity  to  leverage their
client services support as consultative partners, providing greater opportunity  to  maximize the value
clients  receive from our platforms. By interacting with our clients in this manner,  we are  able to
leverage  our associate industry- specific knowledge to better anticipate  client needs and identify
opportunities for our clients in the markets they serve. We believe our  clients  highly value this
differentiated approach and, along with  it, the industry, technological, and product  expertise our
associates possess.

Client services support teams are assigned to our clients,  and receive support from client service
general managers and their teams of  subject matter experts. The client service  general managers are
responsible for the end- to-end delivery of our solutions and contractual  commitments.

Sales and Marketing

We  believe that our sales and marketing initiatives are key to capitalizing  on our significant  market

and growth opportunities. While we have  successfully leveraged our  sales and marketing as  we have
grown, we believe that additional strategic investments  in sales and marketing will enable  us  to
increasingly seize on the healthcare industry’s need  for data analytics  and  data-driven  intervention
services.

We  sell our platform primarily through  three avenues:

(cid:127) Business development led by product and management personnel: We benefit significantly from the

subject matter expertise, market credibility, thought leadership, and relationships of our

20

executives, senior management, and product leaders within the  industry.  They have  played,  and
are expected to continue to play, a significant  role in  the establishment  and  ongoing
development of our client relationships.

(cid:127) Business Development led by dedicated  sales personnel: We have a dedicated, direct sales team

which  is comprised of focused field sales professionals who are organized principally by
geography and product type. Our dedicated sales  personnel are supported by a sales operations
staff,  including product technology experts, lead  generation personnel, and sales  data  personnel.

(cid:127) Business development led by strategic channel relationships: We increasingly are developing and

expect to expand our use of strategic partnerships and channel relationships for the
establishment and development of new and  existing clients.

Our marketing and communications strategies are centered on  initiatives that drive awareness of

our  company and capabilities. These  initiatives include:  educating the market about  our company
broadly; hosting speaking engagements;  disseminating articles discussing data trends  and metrics, and
strategic interfacing with key business  and trade media personnel. We  employ a broad array of specific
events to facilitate these initiatives, including but not limited to:

(cid:127) Sponsorship and partnership of key industry conferences;

(cid:127) Client-focused events and programs;

(cid:127) Hosting our annual Client Congress  highlighted by healthcare leaders, industry icons  and senior

government officials sharing best practices,  strategies, and trends;

(cid:127) Web  and social properties,  digital and  video content  marketing, creative online advertising, and

blogs; and

(cid:127) Hosted webinars, direct mail, analyst  relations, and media relations.

In addition, in order to enhance our  value proposition,  our sales and marketing staff develop best

practices tools, case studies, and educational materials to drive deeper client utilization and
engagement.

Operations

Our operations are divided into two groups. Our IT  operations group manages the process steps

from data receipt through to the generation of analytical  outputs. Our services operations group
manages the process steps applied to achieve impact through our  data-driven intervention platforms.

IT Operations Group

We  achieve excellence in the operation of our technology based on a foundation of  service
management aligned with data integration, data provisioning, system support, and security operations.
These operational processes are measured clearly through a framework of key performance indicators,
which  seek to provide an optimal level of  transparency and control.

We  have implemented a rigorous command and control structure  for maintaining availability of
production systems and ensuring the  security  of technology  infrastructure. Our NOC is responsible for
monitoring network and systems, security  incident response, and  management and communication as
well as the oversight of planned system maintenance.  The personnel of the  NOC  are also responsible
for invoking our business continuity plan when appropriate.

The security operations within our NOC maintains the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of
our  production systems and technology infrastructure by  maintaining security  situational awareness, as
well as coordinating security incident  response and proactively protecting  sensitive data. The security
operations team utilizes a variety of tools  and  techniques to identify,  contain, remediate,  and gather
intelligence on both known and emerging technology  threats. Reports are tracked through automated
event management triggers and communicated  to  leadership through our  business service management
layer.

21

We  have a comprehensive framework for managing change control, problem management,  incident

and event management, service management, and production operations.  We use a  defined  quality
change control management system for managing  technology changes.

Product support integration across all  of  our solutions  enables commonality  of processes—allowing

our  clients to benefit from increased technology operational efficiencies.  Regardless  of  the efficiencies
achieved, we are continuously enhancing  our technology  product operations through the  dedication of
the process automation and performance assurance team focused on designing and deploying
zero-touch capabilities.

Services Operations Group

Many of our clients utilize the analytical outputs of our platform to feed  into  their own internal

systems to achieve value within the provider and  patient base. Other  clients  license our data-driven
intervention platforms to facilitate the realization  of  value from our  analytics. For still  other  clients, our
service support personnel operate our  data-driven  intervention platforms to deliver end-to-end  value
realization. For these clients, through  the  implementation  of  our sophisticated platforms, we  leverage
our  analytical output to provide data-driven intervention  support services at  the varying points of  care
necessary to achieve the goals of our clients.  This unique end- to-end approach  implements the
solutions necessary to turn insight into  meaningful impact and realized  value  on a national scale.

One  of the centerpieces of our services operations is our strong management  systems which serve

as vehicles to drive transparency, ownership and execution. We enable  our management  systems to
allow general managers and operational leaders the  ability  to  ‘‘see around  the corner,’’  and be
ambidextrous in how they balance achieving efficiency  gains while  also focusing  on exceptional client
value delivery.

Competition

We  compete with a broad and diverse set of businesses.  We  believe the  competitive landscape is

highly fragmented with no single competitor offering similarly expansive  capabilities  and solution
offerings in healthcare data analytics and  data-driven interventions. Our primary competitive challenge
is to demonstrate to our existing and  potential clients the  value of utilizing  our platforms rather than
developing or assembling their own alternative capabilities. However, we  believe that the combination
of our competitive strengths and successful culture of  innovation, including our industry-leading
analytics and data asset, the time-tested and real-world-tested nature  of our  platforms,  and subject-
matter expertise of our associates, make  it time  and cost  prohibitive for  our clients to replace or
replicate all that we offer without facing material  risk.

The competitive landscape can be characterized  by the  following  categories of companies that

provide capabilities or solutions that  compete  with one or more components of our platforms:

(cid:127) Providers of enterprise-scale, industry agnostic  IT solutions, such as Oracle, Dell, SAP, SAS, and

IBM;

(cid:127) Large-scale IT consultants and third-party service providers, such as Accenture and  Deloitte

Consulting;

(cid:127) Large-scale healthcare-specific solutions  providers,  such as McKesson, OptumHealth, Truven,

and Verisk;

(cid:127) Point solution providers, such as DST Health,  The Advisory Board, Alere, Altegra, Matrix,

edifecs,  and Silverlink.

22

Intellectual Property

We  rely  on copyright, trademark, and trade secret  laws  as well  as confidentiality agreements,
licenses, and other agreements with employees, consultants, vendors, and customers.  We also seek to
control access to and distribution of  our proprietary  software, confidential information  and know- how,
technology, and other intellectual property. Historically,  because our initial technological  innovations
were primarily algorithmic in nature,  these innovations were well  suited to trade secret protection.
Accordingly, and due to the complex, time intensive, and costly patent process, with somewhat limited
utility for business processes, the use  of patents has not historically  been compelling for us. However,
beginning in the second quarter of 2015,  we filed a limited number  of  provisional and non-provisional
patent applications, which may or may not result  in an issued patent  or  patents, and  expect to continue
to seek patents in the future.

We  own and use trademarks in connection with  our  applications and  services,  including both
unregistered common law marks and  issued  trademark registrations in the  United States. Our material
trademarks, service marks and other marks include:  CAASTM, CARA(cid:3), Caresync Advantage(cid:3), CCS
Advantage(cid:3), CEDITM, ChaseWiseTM, Circle Logo(cid:3), Data-Driven Improvements in Health  CareTM,
Distributed Analytics(cid:3), EMR AccelerationTM, eCAAS Advantage(cid:3), ePASS(cid:3), Healthcare Empowered(cid:3),
Healthier Members, Healthier Business(cid:3), HEDIS Advantage, HCC Surveillance(cid:3), HIX Foundation(cid:3),
iDCTTM, INDICESTM, Inovalon, Inovalon—US, Inovalon—EU,  Inovalon Healthcare Empowered  (and
Spiral Design to left)—EU, Inovalon  (and Spiral Design on top), Inovalon  (and Spiral Design to left),
Inovalon Healthcare Empowered (and  Spiral  Design on  top), Inovalon  Healthcare Empowered  (and
Spiral Design to left)—US, Inovalon Healthcare Empowered (wordmark), Insights: a business
intelligence solution, iPORTTM, iTCCTM, MORE2 Registry(cid:3), PCIS(cid:4), Prospective Advantage(cid:3), QSCL,
QSFD(cid:3), QSI(cid:3), SRSATM, Star Advantage(cid:3), Turning Data into Insight and Insight  into  Action(cid:3), We See
SolutionsTM, Data DiagnosticsTM and DDxTM. We also have trademark applications pending  to  register
marks in the United States and European Union.

Our Employees

As of December 31, 2015, we had a total of 3,323 associates across four  areas: Technology,
Innovation and Product, Data-driven Client Services, and  Selling, General and  Administrative. There
were 2,019 full-time associates and 1,304  part-time associates. None of our associates are  represented
by a labor union, and all of our associates currently work in  the U.S. and its territories  (Puerto  Rico),
and we consider our current relations with our associates to be good.

Requirements Regarding the Privacy and  Security of  Personal  Information

HIPAA and Other Privacy and Security  Requirements. There are numerous U.S. federal and state

laws and regulations related to the privacy and security  of  personal  information. In particular,
regulations promulgated pursuant to  HIPAA establish privacy and  security standards that limit the  use
and disclosure of PHI and require the implementation of administrative,  physical, and technical
safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity,  and  availability of individually identifiable health
information in electronic form. Our health plan  customers, as well as healthcare  clearinghouses and
certain providers with which we may  have or may establish business relationships, are covered entities
that are regulated under HIPAA. HITECH and the Omnibus Final Rule significantly expanded
HIPAA’s privacy and security requirements.  Among other things, HITECH and  the Omnibus  Final Rule
make HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to ‘‘business associates,’’ which are
independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain, or  transmit PHI  in
connection with providing a service for or  on behalf  of a covered  entity. Under HIPAA  and our
contractual agreements with our customers, we are considered a ‘‘business  associate’’ to our customers
and thus are directly subject to HIPAA’s privacy and  security  standards. In order to provide our covered
entity clients with services that involve the use or disclosure  of  PHI, HIPAA requires our clients to

23

enter into business associate agreements  with our  clients. Such agreements  must,  among  other things,
require us to:

(cid:127) limit how we will use and disclose  PHI;

(cid:127) implement reasonable administrative,  physical, and  technical safeguards to protect such

information from misuse;

(cid:127) enter into similar agreements with our  agents  and  subcontractors that have access to the

information;

(cid:127) report security incidents, breaches,  and other inappropriate  uses or disclosures  of the

information; and

(cid:127) assist the customer in question with certain of its duties under the privacy standards.

In addition to HIPAA, HITECH, and their implementing regulations, we may  be  subject to other

state and federal privacy laws, including laws that  prohibit unfair privacy and  security practices and
deceptive statements about privacy and  security and laws that  place  specific  requirements on certain
types of activities,  such as data security  and  texting.  We  may  also  be  subject  to  state medical record
privacy laws, which may be more strict than  HIPAA, including the laws  of  the state of  California.

Data Protection and Breaches.

In recent years, there have been a number of  well-publicized data

breaches involving the improper use  and  disclosure  of  individuals’ personal information. Many  states
have responded to these incidents by enacting laws  requiring holders of  personal information  to
maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in  response to a data breach, such as providing  prompt
notification of the breach to affected individuals and state officials. In addition, under HIPAA  and
pursuant to our business associate agreement obligations, we must  report breaches  of  unsecured PHI to
our  contractual partners following discovery of the breach. Notification  must  also be made in certain
circumstances to affected individuals HHS and the media.

We  have implemented and maintain physical,  technical, and  administrative safeguards intended to

protect individually identifiable health information and have processes in place  to  assist  us in complying
with all  applicable laws, regulations, and contractual requirements  regarding the protection of these
data and properly responding to any security breaches or incidents.  Furthermore, in many  cases,
applicable state laws, including breach  notification requirements,  are  not preempted by the  HIPAA
privacy and security standards and are  subject  to  interpretation by various  courts and other
governmental authorities, thereby complicating our  compliance efforts.  Where a state law  is not
preempted by HIPAA, we may also be subject  to  that state law’s  requirements, in  addition  to  our
obligations under HIPAA, HITECH,  and  their  implementing  regulations.  Additionally,  state and federal
laws regarding deceptive practices may apply to public assurances we give  to  individuals about  the
security of services we provide on behalf of our  contractual customers.

Other Requirements.

In addition to HIPAA, numerous other U.S. state and  federal laws govern

the collection, dissemination, use, access  to,  and confidentiality of individually identifiable health
information and healthcare provider  information. Some states  also  are  considering new laws and
regulations that further protect the confidentiality, privacy, and  security of medical records or other
types of medical information. Further, Congress and a number of  states have considered or are
considering prohibitions or limitations on the  disclosure of medical or other information  to  individuals
or entities located outside of the United States.

Seasonality

The nature of our  customers’ end-market results in seasonality reflected in both  revenue and cost

of revenue differences during the year. Regulatory impact of data  submission  deadlines in, for example,
March,  June,  September,  and  January  drive  predictable  timing  of  analytics  and  data  processing  activity

24

variances from quarter to quarter. Further, regulatory  clinical encounter  deadlines  of  June 30th and
December 31st  drive  predictable  intervention  concentrations  variances  from  quarter  to  quarter.  The
timing  of  these  factors  results  in  analytical  and  intervention  activity  mix  variances  which  predictably
impact financial performance from quarter to quarter. The trend of higher client focus on  ‘‘watchful
waiting’’  has increasingly shifted intervention platform  usage to later in the  year.

Corporate Information

Our executive offices are located at 4321  Collington Road Bowie, Maryland 20716. Our telephone
number at our executive offices is (301) 809-4000 and  our  corporate  website is www.inovalon.com. The
information on, or accessible through, our  website is not incorporated into  and does not constitute  a
part of this Annual Report on Form  10-K or any  other report or document we  file with or  furnish to
the SEC. We completed our initial public  offering  in February 2015 and  our Class  A common stock  is
listed on the NASDAQ Global Select  Market under the symbol ‘‘INOV.’’

Available  Information

We  file our Annual Report on Form  10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form  10-Q,  Current Reports on

Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports with the SEC. You may obtain copies of these
documents by visiting the SEC’s Public  Reference  Room  at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington,
D.C. 20549, by calling the Securities  and  Exchange Commission, or SEC, at  1-800-SEC-0330 or  by
accessing the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.  In addition, as  soon  as reasonably practicable after such
materials are furnished to the SEC, we make copies of these  documents  available to the  public free of
charge  through our website or by contacting our Secretary at  the address  set forth above under
‘‘—Corporate Information.’’

Our Board of Directors Corporate Governance Charter, Code of  Business Conduct and Ethics,

and the charters of our audit committee, compensation committee, nominating and corporate
governance committee and security and  compliance committee  are all available in  the Governance
Documents section of the Corporate  Information section of our website.

Financial Information

For required financial information related to our operations,  please  refer  to our  consolidated
financial statements, including the notes thereto,  included with this Annual  Report on  Form 10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Set forth below are the risks that we believe are material to our  stockholders. You  should carefully
consider the following risks in evaluating  our Company  and our business. The occurrence of any  of the
following risks could materially adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations, cash
flow, the market price of shares of our  common stock and our ability to, among other things, satisfy
our  debt service obligations and to make  distributions to our stockholders, which in  turn  could  cause
our  stockholders to lose all or a part of their investment.  Some  statements  in this report including
statements in the following risk factors constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the
section entitled ‘‘Special Note Regarding  Forward-Looking Statements’’  at the beginning of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K.

25

Risks Related to Our Business

We may  not grow at the rates we historically  have achieved  or at all,  even if our  key metrics  may indicate
growth, which could have a material adverse effect  on the market price of our Class A common stock.

We  have experienced significant growth since 2011, with total revenues growing  from

approximately $239.7 million for the year  ended December  31, 2011 to approximately  $437.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 2015. Future revenues may not grow at  these same rates or may  decline,
such as the approximate 1% revenue decline from  the year ended December 31, 2012 to the year
ended December 31, 2013. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our revenue
from existing clients, to complete sales  to  potential future clients, to expand our client  base  in the life
sciences industry and with provider organizations and  employer and private exchanges,  to  develop
direct-to-consumer services and to expand  internationally. We can provide no assurances  that  we will be
successful in executing on these growth  strategies or  that, even if our  key  metrics,  such as trailing
12 month Patient Analytics Months (‘‘PAM’’),  would indicate future  growth, we will  continue to grow
our  revenue or net income. Our ability  to  execute on our  existing sales pipeline, create additional sales
pipelines, and expand our client base depends  on, among other  things, the  attractiveness  of  our  services
relative to those offered by our competitors, our ability to demonstrate the value of our existing  and
future services, and our ability to attract  and  retain a  sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing
leadership and support personnel. In  addition, clients  in certain industries in  which we have a more
limited presence, such as the life sciences industry, may be slower  to  adopt  our services  than we
currently anticipate, which could adversely  affect our results of operations and growth prospects.

If our existing clients do not renew their  agreements with us, renew at lower fee  levels, decline to  purchase
additional services from us, choose to purchase fewer  services  from us, or  terminate their  agreement  with us,
and we are unable to replace any lost revenue, our  business and operating results could suffer.

We  historically have derived, and expect  in the future to derive, a significant portion of  our
revenue from renewals of existing client  agreements and sales  of  additional services  to  existing clients.
As a result, achieving a high renewal rate  of our client  agreements and  selling  additional services to
existing clients is critical to our future operating results. It is  difficult  to  predict our client renewal rate,
and we may experience significantly more difficulty than we anticipate in renewing existing  client
agreements. Factors that may affect the  renewal rate for  our services and  our ability  to  sell additional
services include:

(cid:127) the price, performance and functionality of our services;

(cid:127) the availability, price, performance  and functionality of competing services;

(cid:127) our clients’ perceived ability to develop and perform the  services  that we offer using their

internal resources;

(cid:127) our ability to develop complementary services;

(cid:127) our continued ability to access the  data  necessary  to  enable us to effectively develop and  deliver

new services to clients;

(cid:127) the stability and security of our platform;

(cid:127) changes in healthcare laws, regulations  or trends;  and

(cid:127) the business environment of our clients, in particular, reductions  in our clients’ membership

populations and budgetary constraints affecting our  clients.

Contracts with our clients generally have stated terms  of two to four years. Our clients  have no

obligation to renew their contracts for  our services  after the term  expires. In addition, our clients  may
negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, may renew  for fewer services, may choose to

26

discontinue one or more services under an existing contract, may exercise flexibilities  within their
contracts to adjust service volumes, or which could reduce  our revenue from these clients, which, for
example, occurred  during the second  quarter  of 2013. Our future operating results also depend, in  part,
on our ability to sell new services to  our existing clients. If our clients  fail  to  renew their agreements,
renew their agreements upon less favorable terms,  at lower  fee levels  or  for  fewer services, fail  to
purchase new services from us, or terminate  their  agreements  with us, and we are unsuccessful  in
generating significant revenue from new clients to replace any lost  revenue, our revenues may decline
and our future revenue growth may be  constrained.

If a  client fails to fulfill its obligations  under its agreements  with us, or permanently terminates
certain services or its agreement in its entirety prior  to  its expected completion date, whether  or not in
our  view permitted by the terms of the  agreement,  and revenue and cash flows  expected from  a client
are not realized in the time period expected or at all, our business,  operating results and  financial
condition could be adversely affected.

Our top clients account for a significant  portion of our revenues and, as a result,  the loss of one or more of
these  clients could materially and adversely  affect our business and operating  results.

Our largest client, Anthem (formerly known as  WellPoint), represented approximately 12%  of  our
revenues for the year ended December  31, 2015, while no  other clients  represented  greater than 10%
of our revenue. Moreover, our top ten  clients accounted for approximately  68% of our revenues  for the
year ended December 31, 2015. The  engagement between these clients and  us  generally is covered
through multiple separate statements  of work (‘‘SOWs’’), each often with different  and/or staggered
terms which are all multi-year in their  duration, ranging typically from two to four years. We can
provide no assurance that these clients will  renew  their  existing contracts or all SOWs with us upon
expiration or that any such failure to renew  will not have a material adverse effect on our revenue.  For
example, our revenue for the year ended December  31, 2013 decreased by approximately 1% as
compared to the year ended December 31,  2012, in  part as a result  of a client’s  decision to discontinue
several integrated solution engagements during the second  quarter of  2013. If we lose one or  more of
our  top clients, or if one or more of  these  clients  significantly decreases its use of  our services,  our
business and operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

If we do not develop new services that are adopted by  clients, or  fail  to provide high quality support services to
our clients, our growth prospects, revenues and operating results could be materially and adversely  affected.

Our longer-term operating results and revenue growth will  depend in part on our ability to
successfully develop and sell new services  that existing and  potential clients  want and are willing to
purchase. We must continue to invest  significant resources in research  and development in order to
enhance our existing services and introduce new high-quality services that clients and prospective clients
will want. If we are unable to predict or adapt to changes in  user preferences or industry  or regulatory
changes, or if we are unable to modify our services on a timely  basis in response to those changes,
clients  may not renew their agreements  with us, and our services may  become less attractive than
services offered by our competitors. Our  operating results could  also suffer if our innovations are not
responsive to the needs of our clients,  are  not  appropriately timed with market  opportunity, or are  not
effectively brought to market. Our success  also depends on successfully providing high-quality  support
services to resolve any issues related to our  services. High-quality education and client  support is
important for the successful marketing and sale of our services and  for the renewal  of  existing clients.
If we  do not help our clients quickly  resolve issues  and provide effective ongoing  support, our ability to
sell additional services to existing clients  would suffer and  our  reputation with existing or  potential
clients  would be harmed.

27

We cannot assure you that we will be able  to  manage our growth effectively, which could  have  a material
adverse effect on our business, results of  operations and growth prospects.

If we  are successful in expanding our client base and growing our  business, our existing  services
may not be as scalable as we anticipate,  and we may need to expend significant resources to enhance
our  IT infrastructure, financial and accounting  systems, and controls, and also hire a significant number
of qualified client  support personnel,  professional services  personnel, software engineers, technical
personnel, and management personnel in order  to  provide services to those new clients. As  a result,
our  expenses may increase more than expected,  which could adversely  affect our results  of  operations.
In addition, identifying and recruiting  qualified personnel  and  training them  in the use of our services
requires significant time, expense, and  attention, and  our  business  may be  adversely affected  if our
efforts to expand and train qualified  personnel do not generate a corresponding increase in revenues. If
our  existing services are not as scalable as  we anticipate  or  if we are unable to manage  our growth
effectively, the quality of our services and our reputation  may  suffer, which could adversely affect  our
business, results of operations and growth  prospects.

If our security measures fail or are breached and  unauthorized access to  a client’s  data is obtained,  our
services may be perceived as insecure, we may  incur significant  liabilities, our reputation may be harmed, and
we could lose sales and clients.

Our services involve the storage and transmission of clients’ proprietary information,  sensitive or

confidential data, including valuable intellectual  property  and personal information of  employees,
clients  and others, as well as protected  health information, or PHI, of our clients’ patients. Because of
the extreme sensitivity of the information we  store  and  transmit, the security features of our computer,
network, and communications systems  infrastructure are  critical  to  the success of our business. A
breach or failure of our security measures  could result  from a variety of  circumstances  and events,
including third-party action, employee  negligence  or error, malfeasance,  computer viruses,  cyber-attacks
by computer hackers, failures during  the  process of upgrading  or replacing software  and databases,
power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors,  or catastrophic events.
Information security risks have generally  increased in recent years because  of the proliferation of new
technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of  perpetrators  of cyber-attacks.  As cyber
threats continue to evolve, we may be  required to expend additional  resources to continue  to  enhance
our  information security measures or  to  investigate and remediate any information security
vulnerabilities. If our security measures fail or are  breached, it  could result in unauthorized  persons
accessing sensitive client or patient data (including PHI), a loss  of or  damage to our data, an inability
to access data sources, or process data  or provide our services to our clients.  Such  failures or breaches
of our security measures, or our inability to effectively  resolve  such failures or  breaches in  a timely
manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely  affect client or investor confidence in  us, and
reduce the demand for our services from existing and potential  clients. In addition, we could face
litigation, damages for contract breach,  monetary penalties, or regulatory actions  for violation of
applicable laws or regulations, and incur  significant costs for remedial measures to prevent  future
occurrences and mitigate past violations. Although we  maintain  insurance covering certain security  and
privacy damages and claim expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to
compensate for all liability and in any  event, insurance  coverage  would not address the reputational
damage  that could result from a security incident.

We  may experience cyber-security and other  breach  incidents that  may remain undetected  for an

extended period. Because techniques used to obtain  unauthorized access or to sabotage  systems change
frequently and generally are not recognized  until launched, we may be unable  to  anticipate these
techniques or to implement adequate preventive measures. In addition, in the event  that  our  clients
authorize or enable third parties to access their information  and  data that are stored  on our systems,
we cannot ensure the complete integrity or security of  such data in  our systems as we would not control

28

access. If an actual or perceived breach  of our security  occurs, or if we are unable to effectively resolve
such breaches in a timely manner, the  market  perception  of  the effectiveness of our security measures
could be harmed and we could lose sales  and clients, which could have  a  material adverse effect on  our
business, operations, and financial results.

Data protection, privacy and similar laws restrict access, use, and  disclosure of information, and failure to
comply with or adapt to changes in these  laws could materially and  adversely harm our business.

We  are subject to data privacy and security regulation  by  both  the federal government and the

states in which we conduct our business.  The Health Insurance Portability  and Accountability  Act of
1996, and its implementing regulations, which we refer to collectively as  HIPAA, established  uniform
federal standards for certain ‘‘covered  entities,’’  which include healthcare providers and health plans,
governing the conduct of specified electronic healthcare  transactions and  protecting the security and
privacy of PHI. The Health Information Technology  for Economic and Clinical Health  Act, or
HITECH, which became effective on  February 17, 2010,  and  an  implementing  regulation known as the
Omnibus Final Rule, which became effective on  September 23, 2013, make  HIPAA’s privacy  and
security standards directly applicable  to  ‘‘business associates,’’ which  are independent contractors or
agents of  covered entities that create,  receive, maintain, or transmit PHI in connection with providing a
service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH  also increased the civil and criminal  penalties
that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates,  and other persons, and gave state
attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in  federal courts to
enforce HIPAA’s requirements and seek  attorney’s  fees  and  costs  associated with pursuing  federal civil
actions.

A portion of the data that we obtain and  handle for or on behalf of  our clients is considered PHI

and subject to HIPAA because our clients are covered entities under  HIPAA and  we act as  their
business associate. Under HIPAA and  our contractual agreements with  our HIPAA-covered entity
health plan clients, we are considered  a  ‘‘business associate’’ to those  clients, and  are required to
maintain the privacy and security of PHI  in  accordance with  HIPAA and the  terms of our agreements
with clients, including by implementing  HIPAA-required  administrative, technical, and  physical
safeguards. We have incurred, and will  continue to incur, significant costs to establish  and maintain
these safeguards and, if additional safeguards are required  to  comply  with HIPAA or our clients’
requirements, our costs could increase  further, which  would negatively affect our operating  results.
Furthermore, if we fail to maintain adequate  safeguards,  or we use or disclose  PHI  in a manner not
permitted by HIPAA or our agreements with  our clients, or  if the privacy  or security of  PHI that we
obtain and handle is otherwise compromised, we  could  be  subject to significant  liabilities and
consequences, including, without limitation:

(cid:127) breach of our contractual obligations to clients,  which may cause  our clients to terminate their
relationship with us and may result in potentially significant financial obligations  to  our clients;

(cid:127) investigation by the federal regulatory authorities empowered to enforce HIPAA, which include

the U.S.  Department of Health and Human  Services, or HHS, and the Federal Trade
Commission, and investigation by the  state attorneys general empowered  to enforce comparable
state laws, and the possible imposition of civil and criminal  penalties;

(cid:127) private litigation by individuals adversely affected by any violation of HIPAA,  HITECH, or

comparable state laws to which we are subject;  and

(cid:127) negative publicity, which may decrease  the willingness  of current and potential future clients  to

work with us and negatively affect our sales and operating results.

Laws and expectations relating to privacy continue  to  evolve, and we continue to adapt to changing

needs. Nevertheless, changes in these  laws may  limit  our  data  access, use, and  disclosure, and  may

29

require increased expenditures by us  or may dictate that  we not offer certain types  of services. Any of
the foregoing may have a material adverse  effect on our ability to provide  services to our  clients and, in
turn, our results of operations.

Data protection, privacy and similar  laws protect more than  patient  information  and, although  they

vary by jurisdiction, these laws can extend  to  employee information, business contact information,
provider information, and other information  relating to identifiable individuals. Failure to comply  with
these laws may result in, among other things,  civil and  criminal liability, negative  publicity, damage to
our  reputation, and liability under contractual  provisions.  In addition, compliance with such laws may
require increased costs to us or may  dictate that  we not offer certain types  of services in the  future.

The information that we provide to our clients could be  inaccurate or incomplete, which  could harm our
business reputation, financial condition, and  results of operations.

We  aggregate, process, and analyze healthcare-related data and information for  use by our clients.

Because data in the healthcare industry  is fragmented  in origin, inconsistent  in format,  and often
incomplete, the overall quality of data received or accessed in the healthcare industry is  often  poor,  the
degree or amount of data which is knowingly or unknowingly  absent or omitted can  be  material,  and
we frequently discover data issues and  errors during our data integrity checks.  If the analytical data that
we provide to our  clients are based on  incorrect or incomplete data  or if  we  make  mistakes in the
capture, input, or analysis of these data, our reputation may suffer and our  ability  to  attract and  retain
clients  may be materially harmed.

In addition, we assist our clients with  the management and submission  of data to governmental
entities, including CMS. These processes  and  submissions are  governed by  complex data processing and
validation policies and regulations. If  we fail to abide by such policies or  submit  incorrect or incomplete
data, we may be exposed to liability to  a  client, court,  or government agency that concludes that our
storage, handling, submission, delivery, or  display of health information or other data was  wrongful  or
erroneous. Although we maintain insurance  coverage, this  coverage may prove to be inadequate or
could cease to be available to us on acceptable terms, if at all. Even  unsuccessful claims could result in
substantial costs and diversion of management  time, attention, and resources. A claim brought against
us that is uninsured or under-insured  could harm our business, financial condition, and results  of
operations.

General economic, political and market forces and  dislocations beyond our  control could reduce  demand  for
our solutions and harm our business.

The demand for our platforms, toolsets and  services may be impacted by  factors that are  beyond

our  control, including macroeconomic, political and market conditions,  the  availability of short-term
and long-term funding and capital, and the  level of  interest rates.  The  U.S. economy has begun to show
signs of slowing, and global securities markets  have become increasingly  volatile.  Any  one  or more of
these factors may contribute to reduced  demand for our platforms, toolsets and services, which could
have an adverse effect on our results  of operations and financial condition.

Our business is principally focused on the healthcare industry, and factors that  adversely affect the financial
condition of the healthcare industry could consequently affect our business.

We  derive substantially all of our revenue from clients within  the healthcare industry. As a result,
our  financial condition and results of operations could be adversely  affected by conditions  affecting the
healthcare industry generally and health  systems  and payors in particular. For example, consumer
operated  and oriented plans, or health  insurance  CO-Ops, have recently experienced financial distress,
including insolvency, bankruptcy or liquidation, and have been forced to exit the  exchange marketplace.
Our ability to grow will depend upon the  economic  environment  of the healthcare industry,  as well as

30

our  ability to increase the number of services  that we sell to our clients. Furthermore, we may not
become  aware in a timely manner of changes in regulatory requirements affecting our business, which
could result in us taking, or failing to  take, actions, resulting in noncompliance with  state or federal
regulations.

There are many factors that could affect the purchasing  practices, operations and,  ultimately, the

operating funds of healthcare organizations,  such as reimbursement  policies  for healthcare expenses,
consolidation in the healthcare industry,  and regulation,  litigation, and general economic conditions. In
particular, we could be required to make unplanned modifications to our services  or could suffer delays
or cancellations of orders or reductions in  demand  for our  services  as a  result of changes in  regulations
affecting the healthcare industry, such  as  any increased regulation by  governmental agencies,  changes to
HIPAA and other federal or state privacy  laws, laws relating to the tax- exempt status  of many of our
clients  or restrictions on permissible  discounts,  and  other  financial  arrangements.  It is unclear  what
long-term effects the general economic conditions will have on the healthcare industry, and  in turn, on
our  business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Consolidation in the industries in which our  clients  operate  may result in certain clients discontinuing their
use of our services following an acquisition  or merger, which  could materially  and  adversely affect our
business and financial results.

Mergers or consolidations among our clients  have in  the past and could  in the future reduce the

number of our existing and potential clients.  When  companies consolidate,  overlapping  services
previously purchased separately are typically  purchased only once  by the combined entity,  leading  to
loss of revenue for the service provider. If  our clients merge  with or are acquired by other entities  that
are not our clients, they may discontinue their  use of  our services.  There  can be no assurance  as to the
degree to which we may be able to address the  revenue impact  of  such consolidation. Any of these
developments could materially and adversely affect our business and financial  results.

Our services could become subject to new,  revised, or  enhanced regulatory requirements in  the future, which
could result in increased costs, could delay  or  prevent our introduction of new services,  or could impair the
function or value of our existing services,  which could materially and adversely affect our results of  operations
and growth prospects.

The healthcare industry is highly regulated on  the federal, state, and local levels,  and is subject to

changing  legislative, regulatory, political,  and other  influences. Changes to existing  laws  and regulations,
or the enactment of new federal and  state laws and regulations  affecting  the healthcare industry, could
create unexpected liabilities for us, could cause  us  or our clients  to  incur additional costs, and  could
restrict our or our clients’ operations.

Many healthcare laws are complex, subject to frequent change, and  dependent  on interpretation
and enforcement decisions from government agencies with broad discretion.  The application of these
laws to us, our clients, or the specific services  and  relationships we  have with our  clients is not always
clear. In addition, federal and state legislatures have  periodically considered programs to reform  or
amend the U.S. healthcare system at both  the federal and state level, such as the enactment of the
Patient Protection and Affordable Care  Act and  the Health Care and Education  Reconciliation  Act of
2010, or the Affordable Care Act or  ACA.  The ACA  included provisions to control health care costs,
improve health care quality, and expand access  to  affordable health insurance. Together with ongoing
statutory and budgetary policy developments  at a  federal level, this  health care reform legislation could
include changes in Medicare and Medicaid payment  policies  and  other health  care delivery
administrative reforms that could potentially negatively impact the business of our clients. Because not
all the administrative rules implementing health care reform under the legislation have  been finalized,
because of ongoing federal fiscal budgetary  pressures  yet to be resolved  for federal health programs,
and because of the lack of implementing regulations  or interpretive guidance, gradual and  partially

31

delayed implementation, possible amendment, repeal or further implementation delays, the full impact
of the health care reform legislation and of further statutory actions to reform healthcare payment on
our  business and the business of our clients is  unknown.  There  can  be  no assurances that health care
reform legislation will not adversely impact  either our operational results or the  manner  in which we
operate our business. Health care industry  participants  may respond by  reducing  their  investments or
postponing investment decisions, including investments  in our  platforms,  solutions and  services.  Our
failure to anticipate accurately the application of these laws and similar or future laws and regulations,
or our failure to comply with them, could  create  liability  for us,  result in  adverse  publicity, and
negatively affect our business.

Our services may become subject to  new or  enhanced regulatory requirements, and we may be

required to change or adapt our services in order  to  comply with  these  regulations. For  example, the
introduction of the new ICD-10 coding framework in  2015, pursuant to which  physicians  are expected
to characterize the specific conditions  of patients  among  more than  90,000 discrete descriptions (up
from nearly 15,000 discrete descriptions  under  the existing ICD-9 framework), could present additional
challenges for our business, including  requiring us to allocate  resources to training and upgrading  our
systems. If we fail to successfully implement the new  ICD-10 coding framework, it could adversely
affect our ability to offer services deemed  critical  by our  clients, which  could  materially and adversely
affect our results of operations. New  or  enhanced regulatory requirements may render our services
obsolete  or prevent us from performing  certain services. New or  enhanced regulatory requirements
could impose additional costs on us,  and  thereby  make  existing services unprofitable,  and could make
the introduction of new services more  costly or time-consuming than we  anticipate, which  could
materially and adversely affect our results  of operations and growth  prospects.

Because personal, public, and non-public information is stored in  some of our databases, we  are

vulnerable to government regulation and  adverse publicity concerning the use of our data. We provide
many  types of data and services that already  are subject to  regulation under  HIPAA and, to a lesser
extent, various other federal, state, and local  laws and regulations. These  laws and  regulations are
designed to protect the privacy of the  public and to prevent the misuse  of  personal  information in the
marketplace. However, many consumer  advocates, privacy advocates,  and  government regulators believe
that the existing laws and regulations do not adequately protect privacy. They  have become  increasingly
concerned with the use of personal information, including  health information.  As a  result, they are
lobbying for further restrictions on the  dissemination or commercial  use of personal information to the
public and private sectors. Similar initiatives  are under way in other countries in which we may do
business in the future. The following legal  and  regulatory developments also could have a  material
adverse effect on our business, financial  position, results of operations, or cash flows:

(cid:127) amendment, enactment, or interpretation of laws  and  regulations that  restrict the access and  use

of personal information and reduce the supply  of data available to clients;

(cid:127) changes in cultural and consumer attitudes to favor  further  restrictions  on  information collection

and sharing, which may lead to regulations that prevent  full utilization of  our solutions;

(cid:127) failure of our solutions to comply  with current  laws  and regulations;  and

(cid:127) failure of our solutions to adapt to  changes in  the regulatory  environment in  an efficient,

cost-effective manner.

Our estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth may  prove  to be inaccurate, and even  if
the market in  which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could  fail  to grow at similar
rates, if at all.

Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and  are
based on assumptions and estimates that  may not prove to be accurate. Our estimates  and forecasts

32

relating to the size and expected growth  of our aggregate market opportunity or any of the
sub-components of our total addressable market may prove to be inaccurate. Even if our total
addressable market or any sub-component thereof meets  our size estimates and  forecasted  growth, our
business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

Our proprietary applications may not operate properly, which could damage our reputation, give  rise to  a
variety of claims against us, or divert our  resources from  other purposes, any of which could harm our
business and operating results.

Proprietary software and application development  is time-consuming, expensive, and complex,  and

may involve unforeseen difficulties. We may  encounter technical obstacles, and it  is possible that we
discover additional problems that prevent our  proprietary  applications from operating  properly. If  our
applications and services do not function reliably or  fail to achieve client expectations  in terms of
performance, clients could assert liability claims against us  and attempt to cancel  their  contracts with
us. Moreover, material performance problems, defects, or  errors in our existing  or new  applications  and
services may arise in the future and may  result  from, among other things, the lack of interoperability of
our  applications with systems and data  that we did  not  develop and the  function of which  is outside of
our  control or undetected in our testing. Defects or errors in our applications might discourage existing
or potential clients from purchasing services  from us. Correction of  defects  or errors could prove to be
time consuming, costly, impossible, or impracticable. The  existence of errors or defects in  our
applications and the correction of such errors  could divert  our resources from other matters relating to
our  business, damage our reputation,  increase our costs, and have  a material adverse effect on  our
business, financial condition, and results  of operations.

As  a  result of our variable sales and implementation cycles, we  might not be able to recognize revenue to  offset
expenditures, which could result in fluctuations in our quarterly  results of  operations or otherwise adversely
affect our future operating results.

The sales cycle for our services is typically four  to  six months  from initial  contact  to  contract
execution, but can vary depending on the  particular client,  product under consideration, and time  of
year, among other factors. Some clients, for instance,  undertake a more  prolonged evaluation process,
which  has in the past resulted in extended  sales  cycles.  Our sales efforts involve educating potential
clients  about the use, technical capabilities,  and benefits of our services, and gaining an understanding
of their needs and budgets. During the sales cycle, we  expend significant time  and resources, and we do
not recognize any revenue to offset such expenditures,  which could result  in fluctuations in  our
quarterly results of operations and adversely affect  our future operating results.

After a client contract is signed, we provide  an implementation  process for the  client during which

we load, test, and integrate data into our system and train client personnel. Our  implementation cycle
generally ranges from 20 to 90 days from  contract execution to completion of implementation,  but can
vary depending on the amount and quality  of the client’s  data and how quickly the  client facilitates
access to data. In addition, for certain clients, our third-party vendors must go through delegation
processes in order to become authorized to provide certain services to those clients,  which could delay
our  ability to provide such services to  those clients. During the implementation  cycle,  we expend time,
effort, and financial resources implementing our  services, but  accounting  principles  do  not  allow  us to
recognize the resulting revenue until implementation is complete and the services are  available for use
by our clients. If implementation periods are extended,  revenue recognition will be delayed, which
could adversely affect our results of operations in  certain periods.

In addition, because most of our revenue in each quarter is derived from agreements entered into

with our clients during previous quarters, the negative impacts resulting  from a decline in  new or
renewed agreements in any one quarter  may not be fully reflected  in our revenue for that quarter. Such
declines, however, would negatively affect  our revenue  in future periods  and the  effect  of significant

33

downturns in sales of and market demand  for our  services,  and potential  changes in our renewal  rates
or renewal terms may not be fully reflected in  our  results of operations until future periods. Our sales
and implementation cycles also make it  difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue  through
additional sales in any period. As a result, the  effect of changes  in the industry impacting our business,
or changes we experience in our new  sales, may not be reflected in  our short-term results  of
operations.

We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not  able to  compete effectively, our business and financial
results could be materially and adversely  impacted.

We  operate in a competitive industry, and we  expect that competition will  increase as a  result of

consolidation in both the information technology and healthcare  industries. Our future growth and
success will depend on our ability to successfully compete with other  companies that provide similar
services, including existing clients and other healthcare organizations  that seek to build  and operate
competing services themselves and newer  companies that provide  similar services, often at  substantially
lower prices. We compete on the basis of various factors,  including  breadth and depth of services,
reputation, reliability, quality, innovation,  security, price,  and industry expertise, and  experience.  If we
are unable to maintain our technology,  management,  healthcare, or regulatory expertise or attract and
retain a sufficient number of qualified sales and marketing leadership  and  support personnel, we will be
at a competitive disadvantage. Some of our  competitors,  in particular  health plans and larger
technology or technology-enabled consultative service providers, have greater  name recognition,  longer
operating histories, and significantly greater  resources than we do. Furthermore, our current or
potential competitors may have greater financial  resources and larger  sales  and marketing capabilities
than we have, and may have a more diversified set  of revenue  sources, which may allow them to be less
sensitive to changes in client preferences and more aggressive in  pricing  their services,  any of which
could put us at a competitive disadvantage. As a result,  our  competitors may be able to respond  more
quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards,  or client
requirements and may have the ability  to  initiate or withstand  substantial price competition. In
addition, potential clients frequently  have requested competitive bids from us and our  competitors in
terms of price and services offered and,  if  we do not accurately assess potential  clients’ needs and
budgets when submitting our proposals,  they may appear  less attractive than those of  our competitors,
and we may not be successful in attracting  new business. In addition, our clients may  perceive  our
toolsets to be at a higher price point than  our competitors, which  could result in  reduced  revenue if we
are not able to adequately demonstrate the value of our toolsets to our clients and  prospective clients.
Increases in competition in our industry  could reduce  our market share and result in  price declines for
certain services, which could negatively impact our business, profitability, and growth prospects.

If we fail to maintain awareness of our  brand cost-effectively, our business might suffer.

Maintaining awareness of our brand in a cost-effective  manner is critical to continuing the
widespread acceptance of our existing  services and is an important element in attracting new clients
and in attracting and retaining qualified employees.  The  importance of brand recognition  may increase
as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on the
effectiveness of our marketing efforts and on  our  ability to provide  reliable  and useful services at
competitive prices. Our efforts to build  and  maintain our brand nationally  have involved and will
continue to involve significant expense.  Brand promotion activities may not yield  increased revenue,
and even if they do, any increased revenue  may  not offset the expenses we incur in maintaining our
brand. In addition, third parties’ use  of  trademarks or branding similar to ours could materially harm
our  business or result in litigation and  other costs.  If we fail  to  successfully maintain our brand,  or
incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to maintain our  brand, we may fail to attract
enough new clients or retain our existing clients to the extent  necessary to  realize a sufficient  return  on
our  brand-building efforts, and our business and our  ability  to  attract and retain  qualified employees
could suffer.

34

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends in part on our ability  to  protect our proprietary  software, confidential

information and know-how, technology,  and  other  intellectual property  and  intellectual property rights.
We  rely  generally on copyright, trademark and trade  secret  laws, confidentiality and invention
assignment agreements with employees and third  parties, and license and other agreements with
consultants, vendors, and clients. There can be no assurance  that employees, consultants, vendors, and
clients  have executed such agreements  or  have not breached  or will not breach their agreements with
us, that we will have adequate remedies  for any breach, or that  our trade secrets will not otherwise
become  known or independently developed  by competitors.  Additionally, we monitor our use of open
source software to avoid uses that would require us to disclose our proprietary source  code  or violate
applicable open source licenses, but if we engaged  in such uses inadvertently, we could be required  to
take remedial action or release certain of our  proprietary source code. These scenarios could materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition,  and results of operations. In addition, despite  the
protections we do place on our intellectual property, a  third party  could,  without authorization,  copy or
otherwise obtain and use our products  or  technology, or develop similar technology. In addition,
agreement terms that address non-competition are difficult to enforce in many jurisdictions and might
not be enforceable in certain cases.

We  currently hold no issued patents. We  have a limited number of  provisional and  non-provisional
patent applications, which may or may not result  in an issued patent  or  patents. In addition,  we do not
know whether the examination process  will require us to narrow our claims. To  the extent that patents
are issued from our patent applications,  which are  not  certain, they may  be  contested, circumvented or
invalidated in the future. Moreover, the  rights granted  under any issued patents may not provide  us
with proprietary protection or competitive advantages, may be successfully challenged by third parties,
and, as with any technology, competitors may be able to develop similar or superior technologies  to  our
own now or in the future.

We  currently rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will

independently develop the same or similar technology or  otherwise obtain access to our unpatented
technology. To protect our trade secrets  and  other  proprietary  information, we require employees,
consultants, advisors, and collaborators to enter into  confidentiality agreements.  We cannot  assure you
that these agreements will provide meaningful  protection for our trade secrets, know-how, or other
proprietary information in the event  of any unauthorized use, misappropriation,  or disclosure of such
trade secrets, know-how, or other proprietary information. Further,  the theft or  unauthorized use  or
publication of our trade secrets and other confidential business information could reduce the
differentiation of our services and harm our  business,  the value  of  our investment in development or
business acquisitions could be reduced, and third parties  might make claims against  us  related to losses
of their confidential or proprietary information.

We  rely  on our trademarks, service marks, trade names,  and brand  names to distinguish our
services from the services of our competitors, and have registered or applied  to  register  many of these
trademarks. We cannot assure you that  our trademark applications  will be approved. Third  parties may
also oppose our trademark applications,  or otherwise challenge our  use of  the trademarks. In  the event
that our trademarks are successfully challenged, we  could be forced to rebrand our services, which
could result in loss of brand recognition and could  require  us to devote resources advertising and
marketing new brands. Further, we cannot assure  you that  competitors will not infringe our trademarks
or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks.

35

Our ability to obtain, protect, and enforce our  intellectual property rights is  subject to  uncertainty as to  the
scope of protection, registerability, patentability, validity, and enforceability of our intellectual property rights
in  each applicable jurisdiction, as well as  the risk  of general litigation  or third-party oppositions.

Existing U.S. federal and state intellectual property laws offer  only  limited protection. Moreover, if

we expand our business into markets  outside of the United States,  our intellectual property  rights may
not receive the same degree of protection  as they  would in  the United  States because of the differences
in foreign trademark and other laws  concerning proprietary  rights.  Governments may  adopt regulations,
and government agencies or courts may  render decisions,  requiring compulsory licensing of  intellectual
property rights. When we seek to enforce  our intellectual property  rights  we  may be subject to claims
that the intellectual property rights are invalid or unenforceable. Litigation may be necessary in  the
future to enforce our intellectual property rights and to protect our trade secrets. Litigation brought  to
protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time consuming, and distracting to
management and could result in the  impairment or loss of portions  of our intellectual  property rights.
Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met  with defenses,
counterclaims, and countersuits attacking  the validity and  enforceability of our intellectual property
rights. Our inability to protect our proprietary technology against  unauthorized copying or use, as well
as any costly litigation or diversion of our management’s attention and resources, could delay further
sales or the implementation of our solutions,  impair the functionality of  our solutions, delay
introductions of new solutions, result in our substituting inferior  or  more costly technologies into our
solutions, or have a material adverse effect on  our  business, financial condition,  and results of
operations.

Laws regulating the corporate practice of medicine could  restrict the manner in which we provide our clients
certain of our intervention toolsets, and  the  failure to  comply with  such laws could subject us  to penalties or
require that we change the manner in which we provide such toolsets.

Among our intervention toolsets are  supplemental patient  encounters, or SPEs.  While  some clients

utilize our platform toolsets to conduct their own SPEs directly or  through  third-parties, some of our
clients  engage us to utilize our intervention  platform toolsets to facilitate SPEs. In  such cases,  we use
third-parties to undertake such SPEs  utilizing our intervention platform toolsets or  may utilize our own
associate to undertake such SPEs. Certain of our SPEs may be considered patient care.  Some  states
have laws that prohibit business entities  from practicing medicine, employing providers to practice
medicine, exercising control over medical  decisions by  providers  (also known collectively as  the
corporate practice of medicine). These laws, regulations, and  interpretations have, in  certain states,
been subject to enforcement, as well as judicial and regulatory  interpretation, and  are subject to
change.

In these states, we operate by maintaining long term contracts with affiliated physician  groups,

which  are each owned and operated  by physicians and which employ or contract  with additional
providers to perform the SPEs, If there  were a  determination  that a corporate practice of medicine
violation existed or exists, we could be  subject to criminal or  civil  penalties or an injunction for
practicing medicine without a license  or  aiding and abetting the  unlicensed practice of medicine. The
occurrence of any of such events could  have a material adverse effect  on our ability to continue to
provide our clients with the full array  of  our  intervention toolsets.

We could experience losses or liability not covered by insurance.

Our business exposes us to risks that are inherent in the provision of analytics  and toolsets  that

assist clinical decision-making and relate  to patient medical histories and  treatment plans.  If clients  or
individuals assert liability claims against us,  any  ensuing litigation, regardless  of outcome, could result  in
a substantial cost to us, divert management’s attention from  operations, and decrease market
acceptance of our toolsets. We attempt  to  limit  our  liability  to  clients by contract; however,  the

36

limitations of liability set forth in the contracts  may not be enforceable or may not otherwise  protect us
from liability for damages. Additionally,  we may be subject to claims  that  are not explicitly  covered by
contract. We also maintain general liability coverage; however, this coverage  may not continue to be
available on acceptable terms, may not  be  available in sufficient  amounts to cover one  or more large
claims against us, and may include larger  self-insured retentions or  exclusions for  certain products.  In
addition, the insurer might disclaim coverage  as to any future claim. A successful  claim  not  fully
covered by our insurance could have a material  adverse impact  on our liquidity, financial condition, and
results of operations.

We could incur substantial costs as a result  of  any  claim of infringement of another party’s  intellectual
property rights.

In recent years, there has been significant  litigation in the United States involving  patents  and

other intellectual property rights. Companies in the software  and healthcare technology  and services
industries are increasingly bringing and  becoming  subject to suits  alleging infringement  of  proprietary
rights, particularly patent rights, and  our competitors and  other third parties may  hold  patents or have
pending patent applications which could be related to our  business.  These risks have been amplified by
the increase in third parties, which we refer  to  as non-practicing  entities,  whose primary business is to
assert infringement claims or make royalty demands. Moreover, many of our current  and potential
competitors may dedicate substantially  greater resources to protection and  enforcement of intellectual
property rights, especially patents. It  is  difficult  to  proceed with certainty  in a rapidly  evolving
technological environment in which there may be patent applications  pending related to our
technologies, many of which are confidential  when filed.

We  may receive in the future notices that claim we or our clients using our  services have
misappropriated or misused other parties’ intellectual property rights, particularly as  the number  of
competitors in our market grows and the functionality  of services among competitors overlaps. If we
are sued by a third party that claims  that  our  technology infringes  its rights, the litigation, whether or
not successful, could be extremely costly to defend,  divert our  management’s time, attention, and
resources, damage our reputation and brand, and substantially harm our business. We do not currently
have a patent portfolio of our own, which  may limit the defenses available to us in any  such litigation.

In addition, in most instances, we have agreed  to  indemnify our  clients against  certain third-party

claims, which may include claims that one  of our services infringes the intellectual property  rights of
such third parties. These claims may  require us to initiate  or defend protracted and costly  litigation on
behalf of our clients, regardless of the merits  of these  claims. If any of these claims succeed,  we may be
forced to  pay damages on behalf of our clients  or may be required to obtain licenses  for the  products
they use. If we cannot obtain all necessary licenses on commercially  reasonable  terms, our customers
may be forced to stop using our services. In addition,  our business could  be adversely  affected by any
significant disputes between us and our clients as to the  applicability or scope of our indemnification
obligations to them. The results of any  intellectual property litigation  to  which we might become  a
party, or for which we are required to  provide indemnification, may also require us to do one or  more
of the following:

(cid:127) cease offering or using technologies that  incorporate the  challenged intellectual property;

(cid:127) make substantial payments for legal fees, settlement  payments, or  other  costs or  damages;

(cid:127) obtain a license, which may not be available  on reasonable terms, to sell or use  the relevant

technology; or

(cid:127) redesign technology to avoid infringement, if feasible.

If we  were to discover that our applications and  services violate third-party proprietary rights,  there

can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain  licenses to continue offering  those applications
and services on commercially reasonable  terms,  or at  all,  to  redesign our  technology  to  avoid

37

infringement, or to avoid or settle litigation regarding alleged infringement without substantial expense
and damage awards. Any claims against us relating  to  the infringement of  third-party proprietary rights,
even if not meritorious, could result in the expenditure  of significant  financial  and managerial resources
and in injunctions preventing us from distributing certain products. If  we are required to make
substantial payments or undertake any  of the  other actions noted above as a  result of any intellectual
property infringement claims against us  or  any obligation to indemnify our clients  for such claims, such
payments or costs could have a material adverse effect on our  business,  financial  condition, and  results
of operations.

We depend on our senior management team and  other  key employees, and the loss  of  one or more  of our
executive officers or key employees could materially and adversely affect our  business.

Our success depends in large part upon the continued services of our  key executive officers,

including Dr. Dunleavy. We also rely on  our leadership team in the areas  of research and  development,
marketing, services, and general and  administrative functions. We can provide no assurances that any of
our  executive officers or key employees will  continue their employment  with us. The replacement of
one or more of our executive officers or  other  key  employees  would likely involve significant  time and
costs and may significantly delay or prevent  the achievement  of our  business  objectives.

We may  fail to attract, train, and retain enough  qualified employees  to support our operations  and  growth
strategy, which could materially and adversely affect our business and  growth strategy.

The success of our business and growth  strategy depends on our ability  to attract, train, and retain

qualified employees, particularly technology personnel, subject matter experts, sales and  marketing
leadership and support personnel, and personnel  with healthcare regulatory,  clinical, and appropriate
management expertise. The market for  qualified employees  in our industry and  in the markets in  which
we operate is very competitive, and companies that we  compete with  for experienced personnel  may
have greater resources than we. In addition, our ability to  attract and retain qualified  employees
depends in part on our ability to maintain  awareness  of  our  brand. If  we  are  not  successful in  our
recruiting efforts, or if we are unable to train and retain  a sufficient number of qualified employees,
our  ability to develop and deliver successful technologies  and services  and grow our business may be
materially and adversely affected.

We may  acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our  management’s attention, result in
dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations  and  adversely  affect our operating results.

We  have previously and may in the future  seek to acquire or  invest in businesses, services,  or

technologies that we believe could complement or expand our services, enhance our  technical
capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. For example, on September 1, 2015,  we acquired
Avalere. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the  attention of management  and cause us to
incur various expenses in identifying,  investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not
they are consummated. Acquisitions also  could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the
incurrence of debt, which could adversely  affect our operating results and financial condition. In
addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. We may not achieve the anticipated
benefits from the acquired business, including from Avalere, due to a number of factors, including:

(cid:127) inability or difficulty integrating and  benefiting from acquired technologies, services, or  clients in

a profitable manner, including as a result of reductions  in margins or otherwise;

(cid:127) unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition;

(cid:127) difficulty integrating the accounting systems,  operations,  and personnel of the acquired business;

(cid:127) adverse effects to our existing business relationships with  business partners  and clients as a  result

of the acquisition;

38

(cid:127) assuming potential liabilities of an acquired company;

(cid:127) possibility of overpaying for acquisitions, particularly those with significant  intangibles and  those

assets that derive value using novel tools or are  involved in niche markets;

(cid:127) difficulty in acquiring suitable businesses, including  challenges in  predicting the value an

acquisition will ultimately contribute to our business;

(cid:127) the potential loss of key employees;

(cid:127) use of substantial portions of our available cash  to  consummate the acquisition;  and

(cid:127) the need to understand local healthcare regulatory regimes.

If an acquired business fails to meet  our expectations,  our operating results,  business,  and financial

condition may suffer materially.

The integration of newly acquired businesses,  including  Avalere,  will also  require a  significant
amount of time and attention from management.  The  diversion  of management attention away from
ongoing operations and key research and  development,  marketing  or  sales  efforts could adversely affect
ongoing operations and business relationships. Moreover,  even  if we were able to fully  integrate a  new
acquisition’s business operations and other  assets successfully,  there can be no assurance that such
integration will result in the realization of  the full benefits of  synergies, cost  savings,  innovation and
operational efficiencies that may be possible or were anticipated from the  acquisition  or that these
benefits will be achieved within a reasonable period  of  time. Delays in integrating our acquisitions,
which  could be caused by factors outside  of our control, could adversely affect the intended benefits of
the acquisitions to our business, financial results,  financial condition and the trading price of our
Class A common stock.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies  we acquire may  be  allocated

to acquired goodwill and other intangible  assets, which  must be assessed for impairment at least
annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do  not  yield expected returns, we may be required to take
charges to our operating results based  on  this  impairment  assessment process, which could adversely
affect our results of operations.

Our use of accounting estimates involves judgment and could  adversely  impact our financial results, and
ineffective internal controls could adversely  impact our business and  operating results.

The methods, estimates, and judgments  that we use in applying accounting policies have a

significant impact on our results of operations.  For more information on  our  critical accounting  policies
and estimates, see ‘‘Management’s Discussion and Analysis  of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations’’ and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere  in this Annual
Report. These methods, estimates, and  judgments  are subject  to  significant risks, uncertainties,  and
assumptions, and changes could affect  our results  of  operations. In  addition, our internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or  detect misstatements because of the inherent limitations,
including the possibility of human error, the circumvention  or  overriding of  controls, or fraud.  Even
effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance  with respect  to  the preparation and
fair presentation of our consolidated financial statements.

As  a  result of becoming a public company, we are obligated  to report on the effectiveness of  our  internal
control  over financial reporting. These  internal controls may not be determined  to be effective, which may
harm investor confidence in our company and,  as  a result,  the trading price of our Class A common stock.

We  are required, pursuant to Section  404 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act of 2002, or the

Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management  on, among other things, the effectiveness of
our  internal control over financial reporting in  the second annual report we  file with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission, or the SEC. This  assessment  will need to include disclosure of material

39

weaknesses, if any, identified by our  management  in our internal control over financial reporting.
However, as an ‘‘emerging growth company,’’ as defined in the  JOBS  Act, our independent registered
public accounting firm will not be required  to  formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of  the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  until the later of the year
following our first annual report required to be filed with  the SEC, or the date  we are  no longer an
emerging growth company. At such time,  our independent registered public  accounting firm may issue
a report that is adverse in the event it  is not satisfied  with the level at  which our controls are
documented, designed or operating. Any  failure of our internal control over financial reporting to be
effective or our failure to implement  required new or improved controls, if any, or difficulties
encountered in their implementation, may  harm our operating  results, cause us to fail to meet our
reporting obligations, and negatively  impact  the trading  price of our Class A  common stock.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot  be certain that the  reduced  disclosure requirements
applicable to emerging growth companies  will  not  make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We  are an emerging growth company, as  defined under the JOBS Act.  For as long as we continue

to be an emerging growth company, we  intend  to  take advantage of certain exemptions from  various
reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies including, but not limited to,
reduced disclosure obligations regarding  executive compensation  in our periodic reports and proxy
statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory  vote  on executive
compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute  payments not previously approved.  We
cannot predict if investors will find our Class A  common stock less attractive because we  will rely on
these exemptions. If some investors find  our Class A  common  stock less  attractive as a  result, there
may be a less active trading market for our  Class  A common stock and our stock price  may be more
volatile.

We  will remain an emerging growth company  until the earliest  of  (i) the  end of the fiscal year in
which  we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion  or more during such  fiscal year,  (ii) the  end of
the fiscal year in which we qualify as a large  accelerated filer,  with at least $700 million of equity
securities held by non-affiliates, (iii) the  date on which we issue more than  $1 billion  in non-convertible
debt in a three-year period, or (iv) December 31, 2020,  which is the last  day of the fiscal year following
five years from the date of our initial  public  offering.

Our Board of Directors may change our strategies, policies, and procedures without stockholder approval  and
we may become more highly leveraged, which may increase our risk of  default under our  debt obligations.

Our investment, financing, leverage, and  dividend policies, and  our policies  with respect  to  all
other activities, including growth, capitalization, and operations,  are  determined  exclusively by our
board of directors, and may be amended  or revised  at any time  by our  board of directors without
notice to or a vote of our stockholders.  This could result  in us conducting operational  matters, making
investments, or pursuing different business or growth strategies than  those contemplated in  this Annual
Report. Further, our charter and bylaws  do not limit the  amount  or percentage  of  indebtedness, funded
or otherwise, that we may incur. Higher  leverage also increases the  risk of  default on our obligations.
In addition, a change in our investment  policies, including the manner  in which we allocate our
resources across our portfolio or the  types of assets in which we seek  to  invest, may increase our
exposure to interest rate risk and liquidity  risk.  Changes to our policies with regards to the foregoing
could materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, and  cash flow.

Future sales to clients outside the United  States  or with international  operations might expose us to risks
inherent in international sales which, if  realized,  could adversely  affect our  business.

An element of our growth strategy is  to  expand internationally. Operating  in international markets

requires significant resources and management attention and will subject  us  to  regulatory, economic,
and political risks that are different from  those in  the United States.  Because of our limited experience

40

with international operations, any international  expansion  efforts might not be successful in creating
demand for our services outside of the United  States  or in effectively selling  our services  in the
international markets we enter. In addition, we  will face risks in doing  business  internationally that
could adversely affect our business, including:

(cid:127) the need to localize and adapt our  services for  specific countries,  including translation into

foreign languages and associated expenses;

(cid:127) difficulties in staffing and managing foreign  operations;

(cid:127) different pricing environments, longer sales cycles, and  longer accounts receivable payment cycles

and collections issues;

(cid:127) new and different sources of competition;

(cid:127) weaker protection for intellectual property and other  legal rights than in the United  States and
practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other  rights  outside of the  United
States;

(cid:127) laws and business practices favoring local  competitors;

(cid:127) compliance challenges related to the complexity of multiple, conflicting, and  changing

governmental laws and regulations, including employment, anti-bribery, foreign investment,  tax,
privacy, and data protection laws and  regulations;

(cid:127) increased financial accounting and reporting burdens  and complexities;

(cid:127) adverse tax consequences; and

(cid:127) if  we denominate our international contracts in  local currencies, fluctuations in the  value of  the
U.S. dollar and foreign currencies might impact our operating results when translated  into  U.S.
dollars.

Our business could be harmed by disruptions in network service or  operational failures at our data centers
(including our co-location facility) related  to  the storage,  transmission and presentation of client  data.

Our success depends on the efficient and  uninterrupted operation of our data centers and service
provider locations. Interruptions in service  or damage  to  locations may be caused  by  natural disasters,
power loss, Internet or network failures,  physical  damage,  operator  error, security  breaches, computer
viruses, denial-of-service attacks, or similar events.  The varied types and  severity of the interruptions
that could occur may render our safeguards inadequate.  These service interruption  events could result
in the corruption or loss of data and  impair the  processing of data  and our delivery  of services to
clients, which could have an adverse  effect  on our business, operations, and financial  results.
Furthermore, if any of our data centers  are  unable to keep up with our growing  needs  for capacity,  it
could have an adverse effect on our  business.

Problems faced by our third-party data center  location, with  the telecommunications  network
providers with whom we or it contract,  or  with  the systems by which our telecommunications  providers
allocate capacity among their clients, including  us,  could  adversely affect the experience of our clients
and the security of the data.

Further, our ability to deliver our cloud-based services depends on the infrastructure  of the
Internet and a reliable network with the necessary speed,  data capacity,  bandwidth capacity,  and
security. Our services are designed to  operate without  interruption in accordance  with our service level
commitments. We have, however, experienced, and may  experience  in the future, interruptions and
delays in services and availability from time to time.  An extended period  of network  unavailability
could negatively impact our ability to deliver acceptable or accurate  services,  and negatively impact our
relationship with clients, which could have an  adverse  effect on  our reputation, financial condition, and
results of operations.

41

We rely on agreements with third parties  to  provide  certain  services,  goods, technology, and intellectual
property rights necessary to enable us to  implement  some of our applications.

Our ability to implement and provide  our  applications and  services to our clients depends, in part,

on services, goods, technology, and intellectual property rights owned or controlled by third parties,
including one vendor from whom we purchase significant components of our storage architecture.
These third parties may become unable to or refuse  to  continue to provide these services, goods,
technology, or intellectual property rights  on commercially reasonable terms consistent with our
business practices, or otherwise discontinue  a service important for us  to  continue to operate our
applications. If we fail to replace these  services, goods,  technologies, or intellectual property rights in a
timely manner or on commercially reasonable  terms, our operating results and financial  condition could
be harmed. In addition, we exercise limited  control  over our third-party  vendors, which increases our
vulnerability to problems with technology and services  those  vendors provide.  If the services,
technology, or intellectual property of third parties  were  to  fail to perform as  expected, it could subject
us to potential liability, adversely affect our  renewal rates,  and have  a  material adverse effect on  our
financial condition and results of operations.

Our reliance on third-party vendors to  perform certain of our intervention  toolsets could have an adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and  growth prospects.

We  rely  in part on third-party vendors to perform certain of our  intervention toolsets, including
supplemental patient encounters such as  in-home encounters. These third  parties may not perform their
obligations to us in a timely and cost-effective manner,  in compliance with applicable regulations, or in
a manner that is in our and our clients’ best  interests,  which could have an  adverse  effect on our
reputation and our ability to retain and  attract clients.  In  addition,  our growth depends in part on  the
ability of our third-party vendors to leverage our intervention toolsets to a larger group  of  clients. If
our  third-party vendors do not perform  their services at a level acceptable  to  us  or our clients or  if  they
are unable to leverage our intervention  toolsets to a  larger  group of clients, it  could  have an adverse
effect on our business, results of operations, and growth prospects.

Risks Related to Our Class A Common Stock

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value  of our
Class A common stock.

Our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, gross  margin, net income, and cash

flows, may vary significantly in the future,  and sequential quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our
operating results may not be meaningful. In addition to the other risk factors included in this section,
some of the important factors that may  cause  sequential  quarter-to-quarter  fluctuations in our
operating results include:

(cid:127) seasonal variations driven primarily  by regulatory timelines cause a significantly higher

proportion of our services to be performed,  and  therefore revenues  and costs to be recognized,
during the second and, to a lesser extent,  the fourth quarters of the year  compared to the first
and, most significantly, the third quarter;

(cid:127) possible delays in the expected recognition of revenue due to lengthy and sometimes

unpredictable sales and implementation timelines;

(cid:127) the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and  expansion of  our

business, operations, and infrastructure;

(cid:127) the timing and success of introductions of new  applications and  services  by  us  or our competitors
or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among
competitors, clients, or strategic partners;

42

(cid:127) the addition or loss of large clients, including  through acquisitions or consolidations of such

clients;

(cid:127) network outages or security breaches;

(cid:127) our ability to attract new clients;

(cid:127) general economic, industry, and market conditions;

(cid:127) client renewal rates and the timing and  terms of client renewals;

(cid:127) changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

(cid:127) the mix of applications and services sold during a  period; and

(cid:127) the timing of expenses related to the development or acquisition  of technologies or  businesses.

Any fluctuations in our quarterly operating results may not accurately  reflect the underlying
longer-term performance of our business and could  cause a decline in the trading price  of  our  Class A
common stock.

Because the dual class structure of our  common stock has the effect  of concentrating voting control with
holders of our Class B common stock, holders of our  Class B common  stock, including Dr.  Dunleavy  and
Mr. Hoffmann, have significant influence  over us,  including control over decisions that require  the approval of
stockholders, which could limit your ability  to  influence the  outcome of  matters  submitted to stockholders for  a
vote.

We  are currently controlled by holders  of  our  Class  B  common stock. As  of  the date  of  this
Annual Report, holders of our Class  B common  stock  beneficially own  an aggregate of approximately
94% of the voting power of our common  stock.  In  particular,  Dr. Dunleavy beneficially owns an
aggregate of approximately 57% of the  voting power of  our common  stock, and  Mr.  Hoffmann
beneficially owns an aggregate of approximately 20%  of  the voting  power  of our  common stock. The
shares beneficially owned by Dr. Dunleavy and  Mr. Hoffmann and certain other  stockholders  are
shares of Class B common stock, which  have 10 votes per share, whereas each share  of Class  A
common stock has one vote per share. As long as holders of our Class B common stock  control  at least
a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock,  they will have the  ability to exercise
substantial control over all corporate  actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how  our
other stockholders may vote, including the election and removal  of directors and  the size of  our board
of directors, any amendment of our certificate  of incorporation  or  bylaws,  or the approval of  any
merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a  sale of all  or  substantially all of our
assets. Even if their ownership falls below  50%,  holders  of our  Class  B common stock will continue  to
be able to exert significant influence or effectively  control  our  decisions because of the  dual class
structure of our common stock. This concentrated control by our Class B common stockholders will
limit or preclude your ability to influence  those  corporate matters  for the  foreseeable future and,  as a
result, we may take actions that holders  of  our  Class  A common stock do not view  as beneficial. This
dual class structure may adversely affect the  market  price of our Class A common stock. In addition,
this  structure may prevent or discourage  unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for  our  capital stock
that you  may feel are in your best interest as  one  of our stockholders.

We incur significantly increased costs and  devote substantial management time  as  a result  of  now operating as
a public company.

As a newly public company in 2015, we incur significant legal,  accounting,  stockholder

communication, and other expenses that  we  did not incur as  a  private  company. For  example, we are
subject to the reporting requirements of  the Exchange Act, and  are  required to comply  with the
applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the  Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and
Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules  and  regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC,  and

43

the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or NASDAQ, including the establishment and maintenance of
effective disclosure and financial controls, changes in corporate governance practices, and required
filing of annual, quarterly, and current  reports with respect  to  our business and operating  results. We
expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial  compliance costs
and will make some activities more time  consuming  and  costly. In addition, we  expect that our
management and other personnel will need to divert  attention from operational  and other  business
matters to devote substantial time to these  public  company  requirements.  In particular,  we expect to
incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring  compliance with
the requirements of Section 404 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which will  increase when we are no longer
an emerging growth company, as defined  by the  JOBS Act. We  may also need to hire  additional
accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company  experience and technical accounting
knowledge. Furthermore, we expect that  the expenses necessary  to  communicate  with our stockholders,
the financial community, public relations audiences, and  other such similar  audiences  will be
significantly more than any such similar  expenses have historically  been for us.

We  also expect that operating as a public company will  make it more expensive  for us to obtain
director and officer liability insurance, and  we may be required  to  accept reduced coverage or incur
substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. This could also make it more difficult for us to attract and
retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees, or as executive
officers.

Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy  our  obligations as  a  public company, we could be subject
to delisting of our Class A common  stock, fines, sanctions, and  other regulatory action and potentially
civil litigation, which could have a material adverse effect  on our financial condition and results of
operations.

The stock price of our Class A common  stock  may be volatile  or may decline regardless of  our  operating
performance, and you may not be able  to  resell your  shares  at  or above  the price  at  which you acquire shares
of our Class A common stock.

The market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly. These  fluctuations
could cause you to lose all or part of  your investment in  our common stock since you might be unable
to sell your shares at or above the price  you paid. Factors, many of which are beyond  our  control,  that
could cause fluctuations in the market  price of our Class A  common  stock  include the following:

(cid:127) overall performance of the equity markets;

(cid:127) our operating performance and the  performance  of other similar companies;

(cid:127) changes in the market valuations of similar companies;

(cid:127) changes in our capital structure, such  as future issuances  of securities or the incurrence of debt;

(cid:127) changes in the estimates of our operating results  that we  provide to the public or our failure to

meet these projections;

(cid:127) failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of  us, changes in financial estimates by
securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these  estimates  or the
expectations of investors or changes in recommendations by securities  analysts  that  elect  to
follow our Class A common stock;

(cid:127) sales of shares of our Class B common  stock by  our  stockholders upon expiration of the market

stand-off under our Stockholders’ Agreement or contractual  lock-up agreements  with the
underwriters for our initial public offering;

(cid:127) announcements  of technological innovations,  new services  or  enhancements to services,
acquisitions, strategic alliances, or significant agreements  by  us or by our competitors;

44

(cid:127) disruptions in our services due to computer  hardware, software, or network problems or  a

security breach;

(cid:127) announcements  of client additions  and client cancellations or  delays in  client purchases;

(cid:127) recruitment or departure of key personnel;

(cid:127) the economy as a whole or market conditions in our industry and  the industries of  our clients;

(cid:127) litigation involving us, our industry, or both, or investigations by regulators into our operations

or those of our competitors;

(cid:127) developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other  proprietary rights;

(cid:127) new laws or regulations, or new interpretations of existing  laws or regulations,  applicable  to  our

business;

(cid:127) the size of our market float; and

(cid:127) any other factors discussed in this  Annual  Report.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced  extreme price and  volume fluctuations that have
affected and continue to affect the market  prices of equity securities of many technology companies.
Stock prices of many technology companies have  fluctuated in a  manner unrelated  or disproportionate
to the operating performance of those companies.  In the  past,  stockholders have filed securities class
action litigation following periods of  market volatility. If  we  were to become involved in securities
litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the  attention  of management
from our business, and materially adversely affect our business.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends  on  our  common stock and, consequently, your ability to achieve  a
return on your investment will depend on  appreciation in the  price of our Class A common stock.

Although we have paid cash dividends on our  common stock in the  past,  we currently intend to
invest any future earnings to finance  the  operation  and growth of our business and do not expect  to
pay any dividends for the foreseeable  future. As a result, the success  of  an investment in shares of our
Class A common stock will depend upon  future appreciation  in its  value, if  any, and there  is no
guarantee that shares of our Class A  common stock will appreciate in value.

Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of  incorporation  and bylaws could make a  merger,
tender offer, or proxy contest difficult, thereby  depressing the trading price of  our  Class A common stock.

Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General
Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent  a change in  control by  prohibiting us from engaging
in a business combination with an interested stockholder (generally a stockholder, who  together  with
affiliates and associates, owns 15% or  more of our voting  rights) for a period of three years after  the
person becomes an interested stockholder, even if  a change of control would be beneficial to our
stockholders. In addition, our restated  certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that
may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:

(cid:127) we have a dual class common stock structure, which  could provide the holders of our Class B

common stock, including our executive  officers, directors, and their affiliates, with the  ability  to
control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval,  even  if they own  significantly  less
than a  majority of the shares of our  outstanding Class A and Class B common stock;

(cid:127) when the outstanding shares of our Class  B common stock represent less than 10% of  the total

outstanding shares of our common stock, certain  amendments to our  restated bylaws  will require
the approval of two-thirds of the voting power of our then-outstanding shares of common stock;

45

(cid:127) when the outstanding shares of our Class  B common stock represent less than 10% of  the total
outstanding shares of our common stock, vacancies on our board of directors will be able  to  be
filled only by our board of directors and  not by  stockholders;

(cid:127) when the outstanding shares of our Class  B common stock represent less than 10% of  the total
outstanding shares of our common stock, our board of directors will be classified into three
classes of directors with staggered three-year terms  and directors will only be able to be removed
from office for cause;

(cid:127) when the outstanding shares of our Class  B common stock represent less than 10% of  the total
outstanding shares of our common stock, our stockholders  will only be able to take action at  a
meeting of stockholders and not by  written consent;

(cid:127) only  our chairman, our chief executive officer, a majority of our board of directors, or

stockholders holding shares representing  at least 50%  of the combined voting power of our
Class A common Stock and Class B common  stock will  be  authorized  to  call a special meeting
of stockholders until the outstanding shares  of  our Class B  common stock represent less than
10% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock, at  which time  only our chairman,  our
chief executive officer, or a majority of our board  of directors  will be authorized to call a special
meeting of stockholders;

(cid:127) advance notice procedures will apply for stockholders  to nominate candidates for election as

directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders;

(cid:127) our restated certificate of incorporation will  authorize up  to  100,000,000 shares  of  undesignated
preferred stock, the terms of which may be established, and shares of which may  be  issued,
without stockholder approval; and

(cid:127) certain litigation against us can only be brought in Delaware.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to certain exceptions,  the Court of Chancery of
the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum  for certain stockholder litigation matters, which
could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a  favorable judicial  forum for disputes with us or our directors,
officers  or employees.

Our restated certificate of incorporation  provides that, subject  to  limited  exceptions, the  Court of
Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive  forum for  (i) any derivative action or
proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary  duty owed
by any  of our directors, officers or other employees  to  us or our stockholders, (iii)  any action  asserting
a claim against us  arising pursuant to any  provision of the Delaware  General  Corporation Law,  our
restated  certificate of incorporation or  our restated bylaws, or (iv) any  action  asserting  a claim against
us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.  Any person or entity  purchasing or otherwise
acquiring any interest in shares of our  capital stock shall be deemed to have  notice of  and to have
consented to the provisions of our restated certificate of  incorporation described  above. This choice of
forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a  judicial forum that it  finds
favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or other employees, which may
discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims.  Alternatively, if a  court were to find the choice of
forum provision contained in our amended  and restated certificate  of  incorporation to be inapplicable
or unenforceable in an action, we may  incur additional costs  associated  with resolving such action in
other jurisdictions, which could harm our  business, operating  results and financial condition.

46

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research  or reports about our  business,  if they  adversely
change their recommendations regarding  our  shares, or if our results of operations do not meet their
expectations, the share price and trading volume  of  our  Class  A common  stock could decline.

The trading market for our Class A common stock will be influenced  by the  research  and reports
that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do  not  have any  control  over
these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or  fail to publish
reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in  the financial markets, which  in turn could cause the
share price or trading volume of our  Class A common stock to decline. Moreover, if one or more of
the analysts who cover us, express views regarding us that may be perceived as negative or  less
favorable than previous views, downgrade our stock, or  if  our results of  operations do not meet  their
expectations, the share price of our Class  A  common stock could decline.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters is located  in Bowie, Maryland, where we occupy approximately

110,000 square feet under a lease agreement that expires  in August  2018. In addition,  we lease  an
aggregate of approximately 216,000 square feet at the  following  locations:  Columbia,  Maryland;  a
second  facility in Bowie, Maryland; Herndon,  Virginia; Lansing, Michigan;  Washington, DC; and
Phoenix, Arizona. We own one property  in Snellville, Georgia, which is  approximately 12,000 square
feet. In addition, we maintain a number of leases for smaller office  facilities  in various locations in the
regions of our clients coinciding with specific  client needs.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we may be involved in  various legal proceedings and subject to claims  that
arise in the ordinary course of business.  Although the  results of litigation  and claims are inherently
unpredictable and  uncertain, we are  not  currently  a party to any  legal proceedings the outcome  of
which,  if determined adversely to us, are believed to, either individually  or  taken together, have  a
material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows  or  financial  condition. Regardless
of the outcome, litigation has the potential  to  have an adverse  impact on us because  of  defense  and
settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not Applicable. 

47

Item 5. Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder  Matters and  Issuer Purchases

PART II

of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our Class A common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global  Select Market  under the symbol
‘‘INOV.’’ Initial trading of our Class  A  common stock  commenced on February 12,  2015. Accordingly,
no market for our common stock existed prior to that  date. On  February 12, 2015, we offered our IPO
at a price to the public of $27.00 per  share. The following table lists  quarterly information  on the price
range of our Class A common stock based on the high  and low reported sale prices for our Class A
common stock as reported by NASDAQ for the  periods indicated below:

Year Ended December 31, 2015:

First quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$33.75
$30.55
$28.38
$23.87

$21.68
$22.06
$17.78
$16.51

Price Range

High

Low

Stock Performance Graph

The following performance graph and related information shall  not be  deemed ‘‘soliciting material’’ or
to be ‘‘filed’’ with the Securities and Exchange Commission,  nor shall such information be incorporated by
reference into any future filing under the  Securities Act of 1933  or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each  as
amended, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it  by reference into such filing.

Set forth below is a graph comparing  the  cumulative total stockholder return  on our Class A
common stock with the NASDAQ Composite-Total Returns  Index  and the NASDAQ  Computer and
Data Processing Index since February 12,  2015 (the date our  Class  A common stock  initialy  traded),
through December 31, 2015, assuming  that an investment  of  $100 was invested in  our  common stock at
$27 per share, and each index referenced at quoted prices  on February 12,  2015, and assumes that any
dividends were reinvested on the relevant  payment  dates. The following performance graph is historical
and not necessarily indicative of future price performance.

$120

$110

$100

$90

$80

$70

$60

2/12

3/31

6/30

9/30

12/31

48

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Nasdaq Composite Index

NASDAQ Computer and Data
Processing Index

22FEB201621423585

The following table was used to prepare  the chart  above, assumes $100  was invested at  the close of

market on February 12, 2015, which was  our initial trading day, and illustrates the  value of  the
investment based on quoted prices as of  the indicated dates:

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nasdaq Composite Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NASDAQ Computer and Data Processing  Index . . .

$100
$100
$100

$112
$101
$ 99

$103
$103
$ 99

$77
$95
$94

$ 63
$103
$104

2/12/2015

3/31/2015

6/30/2015

9/30/2015

12/31/2015

Holders

As of February 15, 2016, there were  17 stockholders of  record  of our Class A common  stock.
However, because many shares of our  common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on
behalf of stockholders, we believe there  are substantially more  beneficial holders of our common stock
than record holders. As of February 15, 2016, there were 52 stockholders  of  record of our Class B
common stock.

Dividend Policy

Our board of directors does not currently intend to declare and pay dividends on our common

stock. However, our board of directors will periodically  reevaluate our  dividend policy and may
determine to pay dividends in the future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be  at
the sole discretion of our board of directors.

The following table sets forth the cash  dividends  per  share of  our common stock  that  our board of

directors declared during the years ended  December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013,  and 2012,  respectively:

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

2012

Dividends declared per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$— $— $0.15

$0.36

Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities

On February 18, 2015, we completed our  IPO of 22,222,222 shares of  Class  A common stock and,

upon the underwriters’ exercise of their  option to purchase additional shares,  issued an additional
3,142,581 shares of Class A common stock  for a  total of 25,364,803 shares issued. All  of the shares
issued in the IPO were primary shares  offered by us as none of our stockholders sold any shares  in the
IPO. The offering price of the shares sold in the  IPO was $27.00 per share, resulting in net  proceeds to
us, after underwriters’ discounts and  commissions  and other expenses payable  by  us, of $639.1 million.
All of the shares were sold pursuant to our registration statement on Form S-1, as amended (File
No. 333-201321), that was declared effective  by the SEC on February 11, 2015.  Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, and Citigroup Global  Markets Inc. acted as joint  book-running managers
for the IPO and as representatives of the  underwriters.

The principal purposes of our IPO were to create a public market for  our  Class  A common stock

and thereby enable future access to the public equity  markets  by us  and  our employees, and  obtain
additional capital. On September 1, 2015,  we  used  approximately  $126.2 million of the net proceeds
from the IPO to complete the acquisition of  Avalere. We intend to use  the remaining net proceeds to
us from our IPO for working capital  and other general  corporate purposes; however, we do  not
currently have any specific uses of the  remaining  net proceeds. Additionally, we may use a portion of
the remaining net  proceeds for additional acquisitions of  complementary businesses, technologies,  or
other assets, or to  repay outstanding indebtedness.

49

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

None.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the  Issuer or Affiliated  Purchasers

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to common stock purchased  by  the

Company for the three-month period ended  December 31, 2015.

Period

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased(1)

Average Price
Paid
per Share

Shares Purchased as Maximum Number  of
Shares  that May Yet
be Purchased under
the  Plans  or  Programs

Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs

Total Number of

October . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
November . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
December . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
64,074
—

64,074

—
$17.83
—

$17.83

—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

(1) During the three months ended December 31, 2015, the  Company withheld  64,074 shares  of

restricted stock for $1.1 million to satisfy employee  tax withholding  requirements related to the
vesting of restricted stock units.

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan—The ESPP became effective on the date  of the completion  of

our  initial public offering. The ESPP enables eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A
common stock at a discount through  participation in  discrete  offering periods.  Shares  of Class  A
common stock purchased under the ESPP  will  either be issued by the Company or acquired directly
from third parties in the open market.  On September 1, 2015, we  directed  the plan administrator to
purchase 30,689 shares of Class A common stock in the open  market  for  a total of $664 thousand,  for
issuance to the ESPP participants at a  discounted  price of $18.61  per  share;  there were  no other open
market purchases pursuant to the Plan  in the  fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.  We  may, in our
sole discretion, based on market conditions, relative transaction costs and our  need  for additional
capital, continue to instruct the plan administrator to make  semi-annual  open market purchases of
Class A common stock for ESPP participants  to  coincide with the  ESPP’s designated semi-annual
purchase dates.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan—We issue restricted stock units (‘‘RSUs’’)  and  restricted stock awards

(‘‘RSAs’’) as part of our 2015 Omnibus  Incentive  Plan  (the  ‘‘2015 Plan’’), which was adopted by our
board of directors on January 14, 2015  and approved by  our stockholders.  Shares  of  common stock
issued upon vesting of RSUs and RSAs under the 2015  Plan  will be either issued by the Company or
acquired directly from third parties in  the open market or  in privately  negotiated transactions.  We may,
in our sole discretion, determine the source of  shares issuable  upon vesting of RSUs and RSAs
available through the 2015 Plan based on  market  conditions, relative  transaction costs  and our need for
additional capital. In the future, we may direct the plan administrator  to  purchase  shares of Class A
common stock in the open market to cover vested RSUs and RSAs. During  the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2015, we did not make  any open market purchases pursuant  to  the 2015 Plan.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under  Equity Compensation Plans

See Item 12, ‘‘Security Ownership of  Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and  Related

Stockholder Matters’’ for information regarding securities authorized for issuance.

50

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth selected consolidated  financial data for  the years presented and  at

the dates  indicated below. We have derived the selected consolidated statements of operations data for
the years ended December 31, 2015,  2014, and 2013 from  our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K. We have derived the selected consolidated
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015  and  2014 from our audited consolidated financial
statements included elsewhere in this annual report  on Form  10-K. The consolidated statement of
operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and  2011 and the consolidated balance sheet
data as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are  derived from  consolidated financial statements that
are not included in this annual report on Form 10-K. In  our opinion, such financial statements include
all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial data set  forth in those statements.  In the  table  below  we have included
measures, ‘‘Adjusted EBITDA,’’ ‘‘Adjusted  EBITDA margin,’’ and ‘‘Non-GAAP  net income,’’ that are
not presented in accordance with GAAP.  A  discussion of why we utilize  these  non-GAAP measures and
reconciliations to corresponding GAAP measures are provided below.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our results  in any future periods. The

summary of our consolidated financial data set forth below  should be read together with our
consolidated financial statements and related notes,  as well  as the sections entitled ‘‘Management’s

51

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition  and Results  of  Operations,’’  included elsewhere in  this
Annual Report.

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in thousands, except share and per share  information)

Consolidated Statement of Operations  Data:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales  and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$437,271

$361,540

$295,798

$300,275

$239,685

146,140
14,684
22,329
115,029
22,633

112,761
7,143
23,130
88,565
19,880

120,054
5,952
21,192
80,638
15,517

101,188
6,793
15,499
72,661
12,899

102,695
6,752
14,855
63,184
11,229

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

320,815

251,479

243,353

209,040

198,715

Income  from  operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116,456

110,061

52,445

91,235

40,970

Other income and (expenses):

Realized losses on short-term  investments . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(328)
3,003
(4,420)

—
6
(1,336)

—
9
(79)

—
11
(129)

—
10
(62)

Income before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes

114,711
48,648

108,731
43,379

52,375
19,657

91,117
35,962

40,918
15,991

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,063

$ 65,352

$ 32,718

$ 55,155

$ 24,927

Basic net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

0.45

0.45

$

$

0.50

0.49

$

$

0.24

0.24

$

$

0.40

0.40

$

$

0.18

0.18

Weighted average shares of  common stock

outstanding:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

145,745

130,770

135,305

137,865

137,865

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

148,275

133,289

136,375

139,040

138,855

Other Financial Data(1):
Adjusted EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted EBITDA margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-GAAP net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$151,622

$133,648

$ 71,847

$108,105

$ 57,526

35%

37%

24%

36%

24%

$ 75,352

$ 70,205

$ 37,393

$ 59,449

$ 30,152

(1) See the section titled ‘‘Non-GAAP  Financial Measures’’ below for additional information and a

reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA and  net income to Non-GAAP net income.

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net of allowances . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, equipment and capitalized software,  net . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in thousands)

$ 114,034
614,130
81,305
776,477
65,031
137,733
1,112,877
266,546
373,721
739,156

$162,567
—
43,938
168,217
50,962
62,269
342,569
281,418
350,791
(8,222)

$110,594
—
33,398
130,562
43,050
62,269
269,746
279
38,012
231,734

$106,361
—
62,899
136,933
34,170
62,269
285,655
168
48,826
236,829

$114,872
—
36,764
131,676
28,089
62,269
262,922
268
33,817
229,105

52

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We  provide the measures Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA  margin, and Non-GAAP net

income as additional information for  its operating results.  These measures are not prepared in
accordance with, or an alternative for  accounting principles generally  accepted in the United States
(‘‘GAAP’’) and may be different from  non-GAAP measures used by other companies.

Investors frequently have requested information from  management regarding  depreciation,

amortization other non-cash charges, such as stock-based  compensation, as well  as the impact of
non-comparable items and management  believes, based  on discussions with investors, that these
non-GAAP measures enhance investors’  ability to assess our historical and projected future financial
performance. While we believe these  non-GAAP financial measures provide  useful supplemental
information to investors, there are limitations associated  with the use of non-GAAP financial measures.
For example, one limitation of Adjusted  EBITDA is that it excludes depreciation and  amortization,
which  represents the periodic costs of  certain capitalized tangible and  intangible assets  used  in
generating revenues in our business.  We  compensate for  these limitations by using these non-GAAP
financial measures as supplements to  GAAP financial measures and by reviewing the  reconciliations  of
the non-GAAP financial measures to  their most  comparable  GAAP financial  measures. Investors are
encouraged to review the reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable
GAAP measures that are provided below.

These non-GAAP measures include financial information  that is prepared in accordance  with
GAAP and presented in our consolidated financial  statements and are used to evaluate  our business,
measure our performance, develop financial  forecasts  and make strategic  decisions and as an  important
factor in determining variable compensation. Reconciliations  of  net income, the most  closely
comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA  and Non-GAAP net  income  are presented
below.

Adjusted EBITDA  and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We  define Adjusted EBITDA as net income calculated in accordance with GAAP, adjusted for  the
impact of depreciation and amortization,  interest  expense, interest income, provision  for income taxes,
stock-based compensation, acquisition  costs, tax on  equity exercises, other non-comparable income and
expenses, and certain legal costs. We  have  provided below a reconciliation  of  net income, which is the
most directly comparable GAAP financial  measure, to Adjusted EBITDA.

Adjusted EBITDA margin is our calculation of Adjusted  EBITDA  divided by revenue calculated  in

accordance with GAAP.

We  use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted  EBITDA margin as a supplemental measure of our
performance to gain insight into our  operating performance. We use  Adjusted EBITDA and  Adjusted
EBITDA margin as a key metric to assess our ability to increase  revenues while controlling expense
growth and the scalability of our business  model. We  believe that the exclusion  of the expenses
eliminated in calculating Adjusted EBITDA  and Adjusted EBITDA margin provides  management and
investors a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of  our core business and  operating results
by excluding items that are not comparable across reporting periods or that  do  not  otherwise relate to
our  ongoing operating results. Accordingly, we  believe that Adjusted  EBITDA  and Adjusted EBITDA
margin provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and  evaluating  our
operating results. However, use of Adjusted EBITDA and  Adjusted EBITDA margin  as analytical tools
has limitations, and you should not consider them in isolation or as  substitutes  for analysis of our
financial results as reported under GAAP.  In  addition,  other companies, including companies in our
industry, might calculate Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA  margin or similarly titled measures
differently, which may reduce their usefulness as comparative  measures.

53

The following table presents a reconciliation of  net income to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the

periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in thousands)

Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted

EBITDA:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . .
Realized losses on short-term investments . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest (income) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,063
22,633
328
4,420
(3,003)
48,648

$ 65,352
19,880
—
1,336
(6)
43,379

$32,718
15,517
—
79
(9)
19,657

$ 55,155
12,899
—
129
(11)
35,962

$24,927
11,229
—
62
(10)
15,991

EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition costs:

Transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  on equity exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-comparable items(a) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional service fees(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$139,089
7,415

$129,941
2,894

$67,962
1,842

$104,134
2,560

$52,199
3,767

1,483
2,938
697
—
—

—
—
—
—
813

—
—
—
1,565
478

—
—
—
1,411
—

—
—
—
1,560
—

Adjusted EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$151,622

$133,648

$71,847

$108,105

$57,526

(a) Other ‘‘non-comparable items’’ include business transaction-related  professional fees, corporate

name change expenses, workforce restructuring expenses, and certain legal  costs. We believe that
these non-comparable expenses are not  attributable to our ongoing  operations  for the  period in
which  such charges are incurred and do not  accurately reflect the  performance of  our ongoing
operations.

(b) Represents legal costs associated with the enforcement of a specific client  contract. The legal

process associated with this matter began in the  first quarter of 2013 and concluded  in the second
quarter of 2014.

Non-GAAP net income

We  define Non-GAAP net income as net income adjusted to exclude tax-affected stock-based

compensation expense, acquisition costs, amortization of acquired intangible  assets, tax on equity
exercises, and other non-comparable  income and certain  expenses.

We  use Non-GAAP net income as a supplemental measure of our performance to gain insight into

our  financial performance. We use Non-GAAP net income  as a key metric to assess our ability to
increase revenues while controlling expense growth  and  the scalability of  our business model. We
believe that the exclusion of the expenses  eliminated in  calculating Non-GAAP net income provides
management and investors a useful measure for period  to  period comparisons of our core business and
financial results by excluding items that are not comparable  across reporting periods or that do not
otherwise relate to our ongoing financial  results. Accordingly, we  believe  that Non-GAAP  net income
provides useful information to investors  and others  in understanding and evaluating our performance.
However, use of Non-GAAP net income  as an analytical  tool has limitations, and  you should not
consider this measure in isolation or as  a  substitute  for analysis of  our financial results as reported
under GAAP. In addition, other companies,  including companies in our industry, might  calculate
Non-GAAP net income or similarly titled measures differently, which  may reduce their usefulness  as
comparative measures.

54

The following table presents a reconciliation of  net income to Non-GAAP net income for each of

the periods indicated:

Reconciliation of Net Income to Non-GAAP net

income:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition costs:

Transaction costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of acquired intangible assets . . . . . .
Tax  on equity exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-comparable items(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional service fees(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  impact of add-back items(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

(in thousands)

$66,063
7,415

$65,352
2,894

$32,718
1,842

$55,155
2,560

$24,927
3,767

1,483
2,938
3,412
697
—
—
(6,656)

—
—
4,368
—
—
813
(3,222)

—
—
3,599
—
1,565
478
(2,809)

—
—
3,122
—
1,411
—
(2,799)

—
—
3,250
—
1,560
—
(3,352)

Non-GAAP net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$75,352

$70,205

$37,393

$59,449

$30,152

(a) Other ‘‘non-comparable items’’ include business transaction-related  professional fees, corporate

name change expenses, workforce restructuring expenses, and certain legal  costs. We believe that
these non-comparable expenses are not  attributable to our ongoing  operations  for the  period in
which  such charges are incurred and do not  accurately reflect the  performance of  our ongoing
operations.

(b) Represents legal costs associated with the enforcement of a specific client  contract. The legal

process associated with this matter began in the  first quarter of 2013 and concluded  in the second
quarter of 2014.

(c) Assumes the tax rate applicable to  the respective year.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of Operations.

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of
operations in conjunction with our ‘‘Selected Financial Data’’ and  our consolidated financial statements
and notes thereto appearing elsewhere  in this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical
consolidated financial information, the  following discussion and analysis may contain forward-looking
statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions.  Our actual results could  differ materially from
those anticipated by forward-looking statements as  a result of many factors. We discuss factors that we
believe could cause or contribute to these  differences below  and elsewhere in this annual  report on
Form 10-K, including those set forth under ‘‘Risk  Factors’’ and ‘‘Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Statements.’’

Overview

We  are a leading technology company  that combines advanced cloud-based data analytics and

data-driven intervention platforms to achieve meaningful impact in clinical and quality outcomes,
utilization, and financial performance  across the  healthcare landscape. We deliver value  to  our  clients
by turning data into insights and those  insights into action.  Currently, our  clients include health plans,
hospitals, physicians, patients, pharmaceutical companies and researchers.

55

Our large proprietary datasets, advanced integration  technologies, sophisticated predictive  analytics,

and deep subject matter expertise allow us to provide seamless, end-to-end platforms that bring the
benefits of big data and large-scale analytics  to  the point  of care. Our  data analytics platforms identify
gaps in care, quality, data integrity, and  financial performance  in our clients’  datasets. Our data-driven
intervention platforms enable our clients to take the insights derived from the analytics  and implement
unique,  patient-level solutions, drive  impact and enhance  patient  engagement. Through these
capabilities, and those of our subsidiary  Avalere, which  offers  data-driven  advisory services and business
intelligence to more than 200 pharmaceutical and life sciences enterprises, as well as an extensive array
of client  relationships with payors, providers and research institutions,  we are able to drive  high-value
impact, improving quality and economics for health plans, accountable  care  organizations (‘‘ACOs’’),
hospitals, physicians, consumers and pharma/life-sciences researchers.

We  generate the substantial majority of  our revenue through  the sale  or  subscription licensing  of

our  data analytics and data-driven intervention platform services.  Since our inception, we have
experienced significant growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2015,  our revenue was $437.3 million, representing 21% growth

over the year ended December 31, 2014.  For the year ended December 31, 2015,  we generated
Adjusted EBITDA of $151.6 million, representing a 35%  Adjusted EBITDA margin and 13% growth
over the same period in the prior year.  Net income for  the year ended December 31, 2015 was
$66.1 million, representing 15% of revenue and a  1% increase  over the year ended December 31, 2014.
Non-GAAP net income for the year  ended December  31, 2015 was  $75.4 million, representing 17% of
revenue and a 7% increase over the same  period in 2014.  Adjusted EBITDA and  Non-GAAP  net
income are non-GAAP measures. Adjusted EBITDA and Non-GAAP net income are  measures that are
not presented in accordance with GAAP.  For a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted  EBITDA and
Non-GAAP net income, see ‘‘Non-GAAP  Financial Measures,’’ provided in Item 6—Selected Financial
Data.

On February 18, 2015, we completed our  IPO of 22,222,222 shares of  Class  A common stock and,

upon the underwriters’ exercise of their  option to purchase additional shares,  issued an additional
3,142,581 shares of Class A common stock  for a  total of 25,364,803 shares issued. All  of the shares
issued in the IPO were primary shares  offered by us as none of our stockholders sold any shares  in the
IPO. The offering price of the shares sold in the  IPO was $27.00 per share, resulting in net  proceeds to
us, after underwriters’ discounts and  commissions  and other expenses payable  by  us, of $639.1 million.
Our Class A common stock is currently  traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the
symbol ‘‘INOV.’’

On September 1, 2015, pursuant to the  terms of a Share  Purchase Agreement between  the
Company and Avalere (the ‘‘Purchase Agreement’’), we acquired 100  percent of the capital stock  of
Avalere for an aggregate stated purchase price of $140.0  million,  consisting of cash and  235,737 shares
of the Company’s Class A common stock which are subject to resale restrictions.  The  addition  of
Avalere, with its more than 200 pharmaceutical and life sciences clients, as  well as an  extensive  array of
client relationships with payors, providers  and research  institutions, is  expected to expand our
capabilities and client base into the expansive  and  adjacent markets of  the pharmaceutical  and life
sciences industry. We incurred transaction  costs in  connection with  the acquisition of approximately
$1.5 million, which are included in general and  administrative expenses. See Note  3 (Business
Combinations), included elsewhere within  this  annual report  on Form  10-K for  more information.
During  2015 Inovalon announced the  introduction of  Data Diagnostics(cid:4)  to the healthcare
marketplace. This technology provides  a  suite of hundreds of patient-specific analyses that can be
ordered individually by clinicians on  demand with the answer provided within seconds—all without
leaving the clinician’s workflow. The capability leverages vast amounts  of data across billions of  medical
events, interconnectivity, and high-speed  cloud-based  analytics  to  allow physician organizations,  health

56

plans, accountable care organizations (ACOs), hospitals, integrated healthcare  delivery systems,  ASO
employer groups, government programs,  and individual physicians to achieve valuable clinical  insights,
strong clinical and quality outcomes, utilization efficiency, and overall financial performance on demand
and in real time. The technology is delivered in collaboration with Quest Diagnostics, the nation’s
largest laboratory organization, providing  large-scale distribution to clinicians through Quest’s more
than 200,000 Care360(cid:3) provider portal installations and more than 400 integrated EHR  platforms
serving approximately half of the physicians and hospitals in the United States. During 2015 Inovalon
invested  significant resources as part of the development and anticipated  operation  and support  of
Data  Diagnostics(cid:4). While  still in the early stages of this  platform’s  introduction, initial  feedback from
the marketplace has been very positive.

We  review a number of metrics, including  the key metrics shown in the table  below. We believe

that these metrics  are indicative of our  overall level of analytical activity and the underlying growth in
our  business. (in thousands, except percentages)

Key Metrics

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

(in thousands, except percentages)

Key Metrics(1):
MORE2 Registry(cid:3) dataset metrics

Unique patient count(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medical event count(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailing 12 month Patient Analytics Months  (PAM)(4) . . . . . .
Data analytics and data-driven intervention revenue mix(5):

Revenue from data analytics subscriptions(6) . . . . . . . . . . .
Revenue from data-driven intervention platform services(7):
Fully automated processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Partially automated processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total revenue from data-driven intervention  platform services .

130,953
11,051,441
21,449,667

120,170
9,250,424
16,519,827

109,464
8,321,236
12,812,630

52.3%

57.7%

48.6%

12.0%
32.2%

44.2%

7.3%
35.0%

42.3%

4.3%
47.1%

51.4%

(1) MORE2 Registry(cid:3) dataset metrics, and Trailing 12 month  Patient Analytics  Months (PAM), each of
which is presented in the table, are key operating metrics  that  management uses  to  assess our level
of operational activity. While we believe that each of these  metrics is indicative of our overall level
of analytical activity and the underlying growth in our business, increases or  decreases in  these
metrics  do not necessarily correlate to  proportional increases or decreases in revenue, Adjusted
EBITDA, net income or Non-GAAP net  income. For  instance, although increased levels of
analytical activity historically have corresponded to increases in  revenue over  the long term,
differences in fees charged for different analytical packages exist  and differences in  how analytics
trigger the applicability of our data-driven intervention platforms may result in increases in
analytical activity that do not result in proportional increases in revenue,  Adjusted EBITDA, net
income or Non-GAAP net income (and vice versa).  Accordingly, while  we believe  the presentation
of these operating metrics is helpful to investors in  understanding  our business, these metrics have
limitations and should not be considered as substitutes  for analysis of  our financial results reported
under GAAP. In addition, we believe that other  companies, including companies in our industry,
do not present similar operating metrics and that there is  no commonly accepted method  of
calculating these metrics, which may reduce their  usefulness  as comparative measures.

(2) Unique patient count is defined as each  unique, longitudinally matched, de-identified natural

person represented in our MORE2 Registry(cid:3) as of the end of the period presented.

57

(3) Medical event count is defined as  the  total number of discrete  medical events as of the  end of the
period presented (for example, a discrete  medical event typically results from the presentation  of a
patient to a physician for the diagnosis of diabetes and congestive heart failure  in a single visit,  the
presentation of a patient to an emergency department for chest pain, etc.).

(4) Patient Analytics Months, or PAM,  is  defined as the  sum of the  analytical  processes performed on
each  respective patient within patient populations  covered by clients under contract. As  used  in the
metric, an ‘‘analytical process’’ is a distinct set  of data calculations undertaken by us which is
initiated and completed by our analytical platform to examine a specific question such  as whether
a patient is believed to have a condition such  as diabetes, or  worsening of  the disease, during a
specific  time period.

(5) Revenue mix excludes advisory services.

(6) Revenue from data analytics subscriptions is  defined as revenue  that  results from subscription

agreements/contracts for the provision of data analytics (which include  such components as the
company’s data integration, data management, data analytics, and  data reporting) services.

(7) Revenue from data-driven intervention platform  services  is defined as  revenue that results from
contracts for the provision of data- driven intervention  platform services. This  revenue is  further
broken down into revenue achieved through fully automated processes  (i.e., those  processes that
require no material variable-based labor component) and partially automated processes  (i.e., those
processes that require certain material  variable-based  labor components).

Trends and Factors Affecting Our Future Performance

A number of factors influence our growth and  performance.  We see many  of  these  factors as being
more quantitatively driven, such as the rate of growth  of  the underlying data counts within  our  datasets,
the ongoing investment in innovation, the  number of statement  of work  contracts maintained by us, and
our  level of analytical activity. Additionally, there are several factors that  influence our growth and
performance that are less quantitatively driven,  including seasonality, macro-economic forces, and
trends  within healthcare (such as payment models, incentivization,  and regulatory oversight),  that  can
be driven by changes in federal and state  laws and regulations, as well as private  sector market forces.

Growth of Datasets. Healthcare costs in the United States have  been increasing significantly for

many years. This rise in healthcare costs  has driven a broad transition from consumption-based
payment models to quality and value-based payment models across  the  healthcare landscape. As  a
result, the specific disease and comorbidity status, clinical  and quality  outcomes, resource utilization,
and  care details of the individual patient  have become increasingly  relevant  to  the various constituents
across the healthcare delivery system. Concurrently, the count and complexity of diseases, diagnostics,
and  treatments—as well as payment models and regulatory oversight requirements—have soared. In
this  setting, granular data has become  critical  to  determining  and  improving quality and  financial
performance in healthcare. Our MORE2 Registry(cid:3) is our largest principal dataset and serves as a proxy
for our  general growth of datasets within  Inovalon. The growth of our datasets that inform our
analytical capabilities and comparative  analytics is a key aspect of our  provision of value to our clients
and is indicative of our overall growth  and capabilities.

Innovation and Platform Development. Our business model is based upon our  ability to deliver
value to our clients through the combination of advanced,  cloud-based data analytics and  data-driven
intervention platforms focused on the  achievement  of meaningful and measureable improvements in
clinical quality outcomes and financial  performance in healthcare. Our ability to deliver this  value is
dependent in part on our ability to continue to innovate, design new capabilities, and bring these
capabilities to market in an enterprise  scale. Our continued  ability to innovate our platform and bring
differentiated capabilities to market is an  important  aspect of our business success. Our investment in

58

innovation includes costs for research and development, capitalized software  development, and capital
expenditures related to hardware and  software  platforms  on which our data  analytics and data-driven
interventions capabilities are deployed  as summarized  below (in  thousands, except  percentages).

Investment in Innovation
Research and development(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software development(2) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development infrastructure

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

$22,329
20,199

$23,130
16,375

$21,192
10,304

investments(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,255

5,023

3,565

Total investment in innovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$47,783

$44,528

$35,061

As  a percentage of revenue
Research and development(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software development(2) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development infrastructure

investments(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total investment in innovation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5%
5%

1%

11%

6%
5%

1%

12%

7%
3%

1%

11%

(1) Research and  development primarily includes employee costs related to the development

and enhancement of our service offerings.

(2) Capitalized software development includes capitalized costs incurred  to develop and
enhance functionality for our data analytics and data-driven  intervention platforms.

(3) Research and  development infrastructure investments include strategic capital

expenditures related to hardware and software  platforms  under development or
enhancement.

Data Analytics and Data-Driven Intervention Mix. Our business and operational models  are highly
scalable and leverage variable costs to support revenue  generating activities.  Our data analytic service
costs are less variable in nature and require lower incremental capital expenditures. As  a result,
following initial development and deployment investments, our big  data analytics platform and data
technology capabilities allow us to process  significant volumes of  transactions with  lower incremental
costs. Conversely, our data- driven intervention costs are generally variable in nature  and require
incremental costs to generate additional revenue.  As  a result, the mix of our data analytics  and data
interventions  activities affects our financial performance.

Client and Analytical Process Count Growth. Our business is generally driven by the number of
underlying patients for which our analytics  and data-driven intervention platforms are being utilized. As
such, we track the number of analytical  processes that we  run on patients each month in fulfillment of
our  client contracts, as totaled for the trailing 12 months. This metric  is referred  to  as the Trailing
12 Month Patient Analytical Months, or PAM. We believe that PAM is indicative of our overall  level of
analytical activity, and we expect our  period-to-period comparisons of our PAM  to  be  indicative of
underlying growth of our business, although  changes in levels of  analytical activity do not always
directly translate to changes in financial  performance of our  business. Differences in fees charged for
different analytical packages exist and  differences  in how analytics trigger  the applicability of our
data-driven intervention platforms may  result in increases in analytical activity that do not result  in
proportional increases in revenue, Adjusted  EBITDA, net  income or Non-GAAP net income (and  vice
versa). Therefore,  in situations in which a new SOW  is initiated for analytical processes that have  a
higher  than average fee rate, revenue could  expand disproportionately faster  than the increase in PAM.

59

Likewise, as was the case in the year  ended  December 31,  2013, the loss of an SOW  for analytical
processes that have a higher than average  fee  rate can negatively affect revenue disproportionately
more than PAM. Further, in 2013, the  initiation  of several  new SOWs for various  analytical  processes
that commanded, when taken together, a lower than average  fee rate offset the reduction in revenue
from the aforementioned terminated  SOW, while PAM was more  than offset, and  thus increased.

Seasonality. The nature of our  customers’ end-market results in seasonality reflected in both

revenue and cost of revenue differences during the  year.  Regulatory  impact of  data  submission
deadlines in, for example, March, June,  September, and  January drive  predictable timing  of  analytics
and data processing activity variances  from quarter  to  quarter. Further, regulatory clinical  encounter
deadlines of June 30th and December 31st drive  predictable intervention concentrations variances  from
quarter  to  quarter.  The  timing  of  these  factors  results  in  analytical  and  intervention  activity  mix
variances  which  predictably  impact  financial  performance  from  quarter  to  quarter.  The  trend  of  higher
client focus on ‘‘watchful waiting’’ has increasingly shifted intervention platform usage to later in the
year.

Macro-Economic and Macro-Industry Trends. Our clients are affected, sometimes directly, and

sometimes counter-intuitively, by macro-  economic trends such as economic growth (or economic
recession), inflation, and unemployment.  Further, industry trends in federal and state laws and
regulations, as well as emerging trends in private sector payment models, affect our clients’ businesses
and their need for technologies and services to support these challenges.  These factors  have various
effects on our business, and on occasion  have resulted in the slowing or cessation of the decision-
making process by clients adopting our  technologies and services. On the other  hand, changes  in
macro-economic trends and the industry  landscape  have  accelerated the need  for our technologies and
services from time-to-time, particularly  as regulators introduce complex  requirements with which our
clients  must comply.

Shift to Fully Automated Data-Driven Intervention  Platform Services. We view the decreased

proportion of revenue derived from partially  automated data-driven intervention platform services as a
positive reflection of our cloud-based interconnectivity and automation capabilities. The proportion of
our  revenue derived from pure data analytics and fully automated  data-driven intervention platform
services revenue is expected to continue  to  expand  over time as a percentage of  total  revenue as  a
result of our continued expansion of  our  cloud-based interconnectivity technologies and  the continued
expansion of interconnectivity within  the healthcare landscape. In order to drive value  for our clients
and serve them irrespective of their level  of connectivity, we continue to provide cloud-based partially
automated data-driven intervention platform services, converting the performance  of such services to
cloud-based fully automated data-driven  intervention platform services wherever possible. As  the
healthcare infrastructure becomes more interconnected and our integration and  interconnectivity
technologies continue to expand, we believe that  we will be able to achieve  more rapid implementation,
and greater value impact, at more efficient costs.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

We  earn revenue through the sale or subscription licensing  of our  cloud-based data analytics and

data-driven intervention platform services.

Cloud-based data analytics solution revenue accounted for approximately 54.2%, 57.7%, and
48.6%, of our consolidated revenue during the  years  ended December 31,  2015, 2014, and 2013,
respectively. These percentages include software subscription licensing revenue of approximately 3.2%,
3.6%, and 3.6%, of our consolidated  revenue during the  years ended December 31,  2015, 2014, and
2013, respectively. Our cloud-based data analytics services are performed either at the beginning of a

60

data-driven intervention process, which  typically aligns with  regulatory submission  deadlines, or on  a
monthly basis, depending on the particular client’s needs.  Data analytics  revenue  is driven  primarily by
the number of identified gaps in care,  quality,  data integrity,  and  financial performance identified in  a
client’s dataset, the number of unique  patients in a client’s dataset, a minimum data analytics
processing fee, and a contractually negotiated transactional  price for each identified  gap or  unique
patient. Subscription licensing revenue is driven primarily by the  number of clients, the number of
unique  patients in a client’s population  dataset,  the number  of  analytical services contracted for  by  a
client, and the contractually negotiated price  of such services.

Cloud-based data-driven intervention  platform services revenue accounted for approximately

45.8%, 42.3%, and 51.4%, of our consolidated revenue during the  years  ended December  31, 2015,
2014, and 2013, respectively. Data-driven  intervention platform service revenue is further broken down
into revenue that is generated from fully automated processes (i.e., those processes  that  require no
material variable-based labor components) and partially automated processes (i.e., those processes that
require certain material variable-based  labor components).  Respectively, for  the years ended
December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013,  revenue from fully automated processes accounted for 12.4%,
7.3%, and 4.3%, of data-driven intervention platform  services  revenue  and  revenue from partially
automated processes accounted for 33.4%,  35.0%, and 47.1%, of  data- driven  intervention platform
services revenue.

As many of our analytical capabilities  are designed to identify gaps  in care, quality, utilization,

compliance, and/or other gaps that may impact our clients’ achievement of greater healthcare  quality
and financial performance, our cloud-based data driven  intervention platform services revenue is driven
primarily by the results of our data analytic processes and our clients’  desire to utilize our cloud-based
intervention platforms to resolve such  identified gaps.  Informed  by our analytics, our cloud-based
intervention platforms are designed to  enable  the resolution of specific  gaps  through the aggregation of
specific  data or achievement of specific  impact. Revenue from our intervention platform utilization is
generally driven by the quantity and type  of  completed interventions enabled by our  platform,  and a
contractually negotiated transactional  price for each such intervention.  See ‘‘Critical Accounting
Policies—Revenue Recognition’’ for a  more  detailed discussion of  our revenue recognition policy.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of expenses for employees  who provide direct contractual
services to our clients, including salaries, benefits, discretionary incentive  compensation, employment
taxes, severance, and equity compensation  costs. Cost  of revenue  also includes  expenses associated  with
the integration, and verification of data and other service costs  incurred  to fulfill our revenue  contracts.
Cost of revenue does not include allocated amounts for occupancy expense  and depreciation and
amortization. Many of the elements of  our cost  of  revenue  are relatively variable and  semi-variable, and
can be reduced in the near-term to offset any decline  in our revenue.

Our business and operational models  are designed to be highly scalable and leverage  variable costs
to support revenue generating activities. While  we expect to grow our headcount over time to capitalize
on our market opportunities, we believe  our  increased  investment in automation, electronic health
record integration capabilities, and economies of scale in  our operating model, will position us to grow
our  revenue at a greater rate than our  cost of revenue.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expense consists primarily  of employee-related expenses, including  salaries,
benefits, commissions, discretionary incentive  compensation,  employment taxes,  severance, and  equity
compensation costs for our employees engaged in sales, sales support,  business  development, and
marketing. Sales and marketing expense  also  includes operating expenses for marketing  programs,

61

research, trade shows and brand messages, and public relations costs. Our  sales  and marketing expense
excludes any allocation of occupancy expense and depreciation and  amortization.

We  expect our sales and marketing expenses to increase as we strategically invest to expand our

business. We expect to hire additional  sales personnel  and  related support personnel to capture an
increasing amount of our market opportunity. As  we scale our sales and marketing activities in  the
short to medium term, we expect these expenses  to  increase in both  absolute  dollars and as a
percentage of revenue.

Research and Development

Research and development expense (one component of our investment  in innovation) consists

primarily of employee-related expenses,  including salaries,  benefits, discretionary incentive
compensation, employment taxes, severance, and equity  compensation  costs for our software
developers, engineers, analysts, project managers, and other  employees engaged  in the development
and enhancement of our service offerings.  Research  and development  expense also includes certain
third party consulting fees. Our research  and  development expense  excludes any allocation of
occupancy expense and depreciation  and  amortization.

We  expect to continue our focus on developing new data analytics and data-driven intervention
platforms and enhancing our existing data analytics and data-driven intervention platforms. As  a result,
we expect our research and development  expense to increase in  absolute  dollars, although  it may  vary
from period to period as a percentage  of revenue.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expense consists  primarily of employee-related expenses including

salaries, benefits, discretionary incentive compensation, employment taxes, severance, and  equity
compensation costs, for employees who  are  responsible for management information systems,
administration, human resources, finance, legal,  and executive management.  General and administrative
expense also includes occupancy expenses  (including rent, utilities,  communications, and  facilities
maintenance), professional fees, consulting fees, insurance,  travel,  and other expenses.  Our general and
administrative expense excludes depreciation  and  amortization.

We  expect our general and administrative expense  to  increase as  we expand our business and  incur
the incremental costs associated with being a  public  company.  However,  excluding certain increases as a
result of being a public company, we expect our general and administrative expense to grow at  a lower
rate than revenue.

Depreciation and Amortization Expense

Our depreciation and amortization expense  consists primarily of depreciation of fixed assets,

amortization of capitalized software development costs, and amortization of  acquisition-related
intangible assets.

Realized Loss on Short-term Investments

Realized loss on short-term investments  consists of  losses  realized  upon the  sale of  certain  of the

Company’s available-for-sale securities, prior to their maturity. The  losses were  incurred as  the value  of
the available-for-sale securities declined  from  the date of purchase  to  the date  of  sale.

Interest Income

Interest income represents interest earned from our short-term  investments.

Interest Expense

Interest expense represent interest incurred on our Credit Facilities.

62

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes consists of federal and state  income taxes  in the  United States and
foreign income taxes from the territory of Puerto Rico, including deferred income taxes reflecting the
net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets  and liabilities  for
financial reporting purposes and the  amounts used for  income tax purposes.

The following tables set forth our consolidated  statement  of operations data  for each of  the

periods presented (in thousands):

Results of Operations

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses:

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

$437,271

$361,540

$295,798

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146,140
14,684
22,329
115,029
22,633

112,761
7,143
23,130
88,565
19,880

120,054
5,952
21,192
80,638
15,517

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

320,815

251,479

243,353

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116,456

110,061

52,445

Other income and (expenses):

Realized loss on short-term investments . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(328)
3,003
(4,420)

—
6
(1,336)

—
9
(79)

Income before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

114,711
48,648

108,731
43,379

52,375
19,657

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,063

$ 65,352

$ 32,718

63

The following table sets forth our consolidated  statement  of operations data  for each of  the

periods presented as a percentage of revenue:

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

100% 100% 100%

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33%
3%
5%
26%
5%

73%

27%

31%
2%
6%
24%
5%

70%

30%

Other income and (expenses):

Realized loss on short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
—
(1)% —

Income before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26%

11%

15%

30%

12%

18%

41%
2%
7%
27%
5%

82%

18%

—
—
—

18%

7%

11%

Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013

Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $437,271

$361,540

(dollars in thousands)
$295,798

$75,731 21% $65,742

22%

2015 Compared with 2014. Revenue during the year ended December 31,  2015 increased by
approximately $75.7 million, or 21%, as  compared with  the year  ended December 31, 2014.  The
increase was primarily attributable to  an  increase in revenue from new clients of $36.0 million along
with a net increase of $39.7 million from  existing clients. Revenue for 2015 includes  $17.5 million
related to the acquisition of Avalere.

2014 Compared with 2013. Revenue during the year ended December 31,  2014 increased by
approximately $65.7 million, or 22%, as  compared with  the year  ended December 31, 2013.  The
increase was primarily attributable to  an  increase in revenue from new clients of $50.5 million along
with a net increase of $15.2 million from  existing clients.

64

Cost of Revenue

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $146,140
Cost of revenue as a percentage of

(dollars in thousands)

$112,761

$120,054

$33,379 30% $(7,293)

(6)%

revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33%

31%

41%

2015 Compared with 2014.

In 2015, cost of revenue increased by  approximately  $33.4 million, or

30%, compared with the year ended  December 31,  2014. The increase in cost  of  revenue was primarily
due to the corresponding increase in revenue  of $75.7 million or  21%,  during  the period  and also
resulted from an increase in employee-related expenses  related partially to the newly acquired
data-driven advisory services service  line and a greater  volume of data-driven intervention platform
services as a percentage of total revenue. Cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue was 33% in 2015
compared to 31% in 2014.

2014 Compared with 2013.

In 2014, cost of revenue decreased by  approximately $7.3  million, or

6%, as compared to the year ended December 31,  2013, despite  the increase in  revenue of
approximately $65.7 million or 22%, over  the same period. The $7.3 million decrease  in cost  of  revenue
was primarily due to a reduction in employee related expenses.  The reduction in employee related
expenses was primarily enabled by advances in our technology  platform efficiency and a shift in revenue
mix towards a greater proportion of analytics versus data-driven intervention services, as well  as a
greater proportion of automation within the data-driven intervention services mix. Cost  of  revenue as  a
percentage of revenue was 31% in 2014  compared to 41% in  2013.

Sales and Marketing

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
% Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

2013 to 2014
% Change

$

%

Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $14,684
Sales and marketing as a percentage of  revenue

3%

$7,143

(dollars in thousands)
$5,952

$7,541 106% $1,191

20%

2%

2%

2015 Compared with 2014.

In 2015, sales and marketing expenses  increased by approximately

$7.5 million, or 106%, compared to 2014. The  increase was primarily attributable to increased employee
related expenses of approximately $6.5 million, and marketing program  spend of approximately
$1.0 million, both of which was driven  by  our investment  in additional sales  personnel to focus  on
adding new clients and capturing an increased amount of our market opportunity, as  well as the
addition of the sales and marketing personnel acquired with Avalere.

2014 Compared with 2013.

In 2014, sales and marketing expenses  increased by $1.2  million, or
20%, compared to 2013. The increase primarily was  attributable to an increase  in employee-related
costs.

65

Research and Development

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
% Change

2013 to 2014
% Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $22,329
Research and development as a percentage  of

$23,130

(dollars in thousands)
$(801)

$21,192

(3)% $1,938

9%

revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5%

6%

7%

2015 Compared with 2014.

In 2015, research and development expenses  decreased  $2.8  million  as

a result of incremental capitalization  of  internally developed software  efforts related to our on-going
investment in platform and product innovation, and was partially offset by an increase  of  $2.0 million,
which  includes $1.0 million attributable to stock  based compensation  expense, attributable to an
increase in employee related expenses  and professional fees.

2014 Compared with 2013.

In 2014, research and development expense increased  by  $1.9  million,
or 9%, compared to 2013. The increase was  attributable to our on-going investment in  innovation and
platform development.

General and Administrative

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . $115,029
General and administrative as a percentage
of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26%

$88,565

(dollars in thousands)
$26,464
$80,638

30% $7,927

10%

24%

27%

2015 Compared with 2014.

In 2015, general and administrative expense increased by approximately

$26.5 million, or 30%, compared with  2014. Throughout the  second half  of  2014 and throughout 2015,
we increased  our investment in incremental personnel  to  support our  growth and our transition from a
private  to a public company. Our investment resulted in  an increase in employee related costs  of
$22.4 million, which includes an increase  of  approximately $3.1  million  related to stock-based
compensation expense and an increase of  $7.5 million related  to  our growth and expansion. In  addition,
general and administrative expenses  for 2015 includes incremental expenses that are not comparable to
the prior year, comprised of $1.5 million for acquisition-related  transaction costs, $2.9 million  of
post-acquisition contingent consideration  expense  related to the  acquisition  of Avalere, and $0.7 million
for employer taxes related to stock option awards exercised by  employees. The increases  in general and
administrative expenses for 2015 were  partially offset  by capitalization of  internal-use software
development costs of $1.0 million compared to the  prior period.

2014 Compared with 2013.

In 2014, general and administrative expense increased by approximately

$7.9 million, or 10%, compared to 2013. The  increase was primarily attributable to an  increase in
employee-related costs of $4.2 million, which  includes an increase of approximately  $1.1 million related
to stock based compensation expense, professional fees of $1.8 million, occupancy  costs of $1.1  million,
and software licensing and maintenance expenses of $0.5 million.

66

Depreciation and Amortization

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . $22,633
Depreciation and amortization as a

$19,880

$15,517

$2,753

14% $4,363

28%

percentage of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5%

5%

5%

2015 Compared with 2014.

In 2015, depreciation and amortization expense increased by

approximately $2.8 million, or 14%, compared to 2014. The increase in depreciation and amortization
expense is primarily attributable to additional amortization  expense for intangible assets recorded in the
Avalere acquisition.

2014 Compared with 2013.

In 2014, depreciation and amortization expense increased by

approximately $4.4 million, or 28%, compared to 2013. The increase in depreciation and amortization
expense primarily was attributable to an  increase in  amortization expense of capitalized software  of
$4.5 million as a result of accelerating  amortization on software expected to be decommissioned  due  to
the successful development of a next generation software service.

Realized Losses on Short-Term Investments

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

Realized losses on short-term investments . . . . . . . . . $(328)
Realized losses on short-term investments as a

(dollars in thousands)

$— $— $(328)

*% $—

—%

percentage of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

*% —% —%

*

not meaningful

2015 compared with 2014. The realized investment losses for 2015  are attributable to  sales of

certain of the Company’s available-for-sale short-term  investments, prior  to  maturity, which the
Company initiated and completed during  the year  ended December  31, 2015.  Funds generated from
such sales of available-for-sale short term  investments were used to fund the Company’s  acquisition  of
Avalere. Sales of the Company’s available-for-sale, short  term investments  may be required  from
time-to-time to fund similar strategic initiatives and such sales may result in realized gains or  losses,
depending on the value of the securities  at the time of liquidation.

Interest Income

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,003
Interest income as a percentage of revenue . . . . . . .

1% —% —%

(dollars in thousands)

$ 6

$ 9

$2,997

*% $(3)

(33)%

*

not meaningful

67

2015 compared with 2014.

In 2015, interest income increased by  approximately  $3.0 million

compared with 2014. Interest income for 2015  is attributable to earnings derived  from the Company’s
available-for-sale short-term investments.

Interest Expense

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense as a percentage of revenue . .

$4,420

1%

$1,336

(dollars in thousands)
$3,084
$79
0% 0%

231% $1,257

1,591%

2015 Compared with 2014.

In 2015, interest expense increased by  approximately  $3.1 million

compared to 2014. The increase was  attributable  to  interest expense on  the $300.0 million Term  Loan
Facility borrowed on September 19, 2014.

2014 Compared with 2013.

In 2014, interest expense increased by  approximately  $1.3 million

compared to 2013. The increase was  attributable  to  interest expense on  the $300.0 million Term  Loan
Facility borrowed on September 19, 2014.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effective tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2014 to 2015
Change

2013 to 2014
Change

2015

2014

2013

$

%

$

%

$48,648

$43,379

(dollars in thousands)
$19,657

$5,269

42%

40%

38%

12% $23,722

121%

2015 Compared with 2014.

In 2015, provision for income taxes increased by approximately
$5.3 million, or 12%, compared to 2014. The  growth of our operations resulted  in a $2.4  million
increase in income taxes for the year  ended December 31, 2015.  In addition,  expected state income
taxes, net of federal income tax benefit  and related deferred tax  adjustments  increased  approximately
$2.9 million resulting primarily from  changes in revenue sourcing methodology passed into legislation
by each of New York State and New York City.  Primarily, as  a result of  the aforementioned  statutory
income tax legislation changes, our effective tax rate increased to 42% for the year ended
December 31, 2015 from 40% for the  year ended December 31,  2014.

2014 Compared with 2013.

In 2014, provision for income taxes increased by approximately

$23.7 million, or 121%, compared to  2013. The  increase in period-over-period income tax  expense was
attributable to our increase in income  from operations resulting from our  increase in revenues and
enhancement in margins. Our effective  income  tax  rate in 2014 was  40%  compared to 38%  in 2013.
The increase in our effective income  tax rate  was due primarily  to  an increase in our  effective state
income tax rate.

68

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated statement of operations data for  each  of

the quarters in the years ended December 31, 2015  and 2014. The unaudited quarterly  statement  of
operations data set forth below have been  prepared on  a basis  consistent with our audited annual
consolidated financial statements and include, in our opinion, all  normal recurring adjustments
necessary for a fair statement of the financial information contained in  those statements. Our historical
results are not necessarily indicative  of the  results that may  be  expected in  the future. The  following
quarterly financial data should be read  in conjunction  with our audited consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included  elsewhere  in this Annual Report. In the table below we have
included measures, ‘‘Adjusted EBITDA’’ and ‘‘Non-GAAP net  income,’’ that  are not presented in
accordance with GAAP. Reconciliations  of  these  non-GAAP  measures to corresponding GAAP
measures are provided below. Discussion  of why we  utilize these non-GAAP financial measures  is
provided under ‘‘Non-GAAP Financial  Measures,’’ in  Item  6—Selected Financial  Data.

We  typically experience the highest level  of  revenue in the second quarter of each year, which
coincides with specific accreditation and regulatory deadlines. See  ‘‘Management’s Discussion and

69

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Trends  and Factors Affecting  Our Future
Performance—Seasonality.’’

Consolidated  Statement  of
Operations  Data:

December  31, September 30, June 30, March  31, December 31, September  30, June  30, March 31,

2015

2015

2015

2015

2014

2014

2014

2014

Three Months Ended

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . .
Sales  and  marketing . . . . . . .
Research and  development
. . .
General  and administrative . . .
Depreciation and amortization .

Total  operating expenses . . .

Income from operations . . . . . .

Other income and  (expenses):
Realized gains  (losses)  on
short-term  investments

. . . .
Interest  income . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . .

Income before taxes . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income  taxes . . . . .

$120,561

$105,459

(unaudited, in thousands)
$ 93,633

$117,618

$ 89,918

42,293
6,511
5,131
33,007
7,380

94,322

26,239

1
1,196
(1,102)

26,334
10,286

38,394
3,946
6,283
32,437
5,526

86,586

18,873

(329)
1,184
(1,110)

18,618
8,498

33,602
2,377
5,504
25,327
4,812

71,622

45,996

31,851
1,850
5,411
24,258
4,915

68,285

25,348

—
615
(1,105)

45,506
19,370

—
8
(1,103)

24,253
10,494

27,696
1,788
5,754
25,645
4,868

65,751

24,167

—
2
(1,127)

23,042
9,543

$ 85,991

$100,957

$ 84,674

27,579
2,410
6,184
21,645
5,043

62,861

23,130

—
1
(147)

22,984
9,318

28,899
1,612
5,144
21,341
5,114

62,110

38,847

28,587
1,333
6,048
19,934
4,855

60,757

23,917

—
1
(49)

—
2
(13)

38,799
15,169

23,906
9,349

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 16,048

$ 10,120

$ 26,136

$ 13,759

$ 13,499

$ 13,666

$ 23,630

$ 14,557

Net income attributable  to

common stockholders, basic  and
diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 16,013

$ 10,115

$ 26,131

$ 13,759

$ 13,499

$ 13,666

$ 23,630

$ 14,557

Basic net income per  share . . . .

Diluted net income  per  share . . .

$

$

0.11

0.11

$

$

0.07

0.07

$

$

0.18

0.17

$

$

0.10

0.10

$

$

0.11

0.11

$

$

0.10

0.10

$

$

0.18

0.17

$

$

0.11

0.11

Weighted average shares of

common stock outstanding:
Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

150,923

148,871

147,648

135,331

122,257

131,779

134,523

134,645

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

152,260

151,835

151,299

138,902

125,359

134,538

136,814

136,776

Other Financial Data
Adjusted EBITDA(1) . . . . . . . .

$ 37,835

$ 29,022

$ 52,730

$ 32,035

$ 30,589

$ 28,658

$ 44,989

$ 29,412

Non-GAAP net income(2) . . . . .

$ 19,740

$ 13,049

$ 27,390

$ 15,072

$ 14,758

$ 14,475

$ 25,109

$ 15,863

(1)

The following  table  presents  a  reconciliation  of  net  income to Adjusted  EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

December 31, September 30, June 30, March  31, December  31, September 30, June 30, March 31,

2015

2015

2015

2015

2014

2014

2014

2014

Three Months Ended

Reconciliation of net  income to

Adjusted EBITDA:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization .
Realized losses on short-term

investments

. . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . .
Interest (income) . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income  taxes . . . .

EBITDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . .
Acquisition costs:

Transaction costs . . . . . . . .
Contingent consideration . . .
Tax on equity exercises . . . . . .
Professional service  fees . . . . .

$16,048
7,380

$10,120
5,526

$26,136
4,812

$13,759
4,915

$13,499
4,868

$13,666
5,043

$23,630
5,114

$14,557
4,855

(1)
1,102
(1,196)
10,286

33,619
1,716

153
2,232
115
—

329
1,110
(1,184)
8,498

24,399
2,005

1,330
706
582
—

—
1,105
(615)
19,370

50,808
1,922

—
1,103
(8)
10,494

30,263
1,772

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
1,127
(2)
9,543

29,035
1,554

—
—
—
—

—
147
(1)
9,318

28,173
518

—
—
—
(33)

—
49
(1)
15,169

43,961
436

—
—
—
592

—
13
(2)
9,349

28,772
386

—
—
—
254

Adjusted EBITDA . . . . . . . . . .

$37,835

$29,022

$52,730

$32,035

$30,589

$28,658

$44,989

$29,412

70

(2)

The  following  table  presents  a  reconciliation  of  net  income to Non-GAAP net income for each of the periods indicated:

December 31, September 30, June 30, March  31, December  31, September 30, June 30, March 31,

2015

2015

2015

2015

2014

2014

2014

2014

Three Months Ended

Reconciliation of net  income to

Non-GAAP net  income:

Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . .
Acquisition costs:

Transaction costs . . . . . . . .
Contingent consideration . . .

Amortization  of  acquired

intangible assets

. . . . . . . .
Tax  on  equity exercises . . . . . .
Professional  service  fees . . . . .
Tax impact  on  add-back  items . .

$16,048
1,716

$10,120
2,005

$26,136
1,922

$13,759
1,772

$13,499
1,554

$13,666
518

$23,630
436

$14,557
386

153
2,232

1,843
115
—
(2,367)

1,330
706

766
582
—
(2,460)

—
—

261
—
—
(929)

—
—

542
—
—
(1,001)

—
—

541
—
—
(836)

—
—

861
—
(33)
(537)

—
—

1,433
—
592
(982)

—
—

1,533
—
254
(867)

Non-GAAP net  income . . . . . . .

$19,740

$13,049

$27,390

$15,072

$14,758

$14,475

$25,109

$15,863

The following table presents a summary of  our cash flow activity for  the  periods  set forth below  (in

thousands):

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  Data:
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . .
Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net  cash provided by (used in) financing activities .

$ 32,718
$ 65,352
$ 66,063
$ 67,554
$ 66,015
$ 85,528
$(768,320) $(22,619) $(18,863)
$(10,936) $(42,919)
$ 652,233

Sources of Liquidity

Our principal source of liquidity has been our  cash, cash  equivalents  and available-for-sale

short-term investments, as well as cash generated by  operating activities.  As of December 31,  2015, our
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments  totaled $728.2 million, of which $614.1 million
represented available-for-sale, high grade,  domestic  debt-securities. Our cash generated from operations
has been sufficient to fund our growth,  including our  capital expenditures. Additionally, our cash
generation has allowed us to repurchase certain amounts  of our outstanding stock and pay dividends to
our  stockholders in the amount of $421.0  million from January 1,  2012 through December 31,  2015. In
addition, on September 19, 2014, we  redeemed $300.0 million of our  common stock, at  a price per
share of $27.01, with proceeds from our Term Loan Facility. Prior to this redemption, we had not
historically incurred debt nor have we recently generated liquidity through equity sales.

On February 18, 2015, we completed our IPO  of 22,222,222 shares of  Class A common stock and,

upon the underwriters’ exercise of their  option to purchase additional shares,  issued an additional
3,142,581 shares of Class A common stock  for a  total of  25,364,803 shares issued. All  of the shares
issued in the IPO were primary shares  offered by us as none of our stockholders sold any shares in the
IPO. The offering price of the shares sold in the IPO  was $27.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds to
us, after underwriters’ discounts and  commissions  and  other expenses payable  by  us, of approximately
$639.1 million.

We  believe our current cash, cash equivalents  and short-term investments balance, along with
expected cash generated by operating activities and availability under our Credit Facilities (defined
below) will be sufficient to fund our  liquidity needs for the foreseeable future.

71

Debt

On September 19, 2014, we and our  subsidiaries entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement

with a group of lenders including Goldman  Sachs Bank  USA,  as administrative agent (the ‘‘Credit
Agreement’’). The terms of the Credit  Agreement provide  for credit facilities in  the aggregate
maximum principal amount of $400.0 million,  consisting of  a  senior unsecured term loan  facility  in the
original principal amount of $300,000  (the ‘‘Term  Loan Facility’’) and a senior unsecured revolving
credit facility in the maximum principal amount  of $100,000 (the ‘‘Revolving Credit Facility’’  and,
together with the Term Loan Facility, the  ‘‘Credit  Facilities’’). Proceeds of the  Revolving Credit Facility
may be used for our working capital  and  general corporate purposes. The obligations under the Credit
Facilities are guaranteed by our domestic, wholly  owned subsidiaries. The Credit Facilities contain
customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on negative pledges and liens. In
addition, under the Credit Agreement,  we are required  to  maintain certain minimum  liquidity levels
($50.0 million while the Term Loan Facility remains available, or, if the Term Loan Facility has been
repaid, $20.0 million), measured at the end  of each of our fiscal quarters.  In  addition, our ability to
incur debt is subject to compliance with  a 4.00 to 1.00 leverage  ratio under  certain circumstances. The
Credit  Agreement also contains certain  mandatory prepayment requirements in connection with certain
assets sales and customary events of default,  including as  a result of  certain specified change of  control
events. As of, and during, the year ended  December 31, 2015, the Company was  in compliance  with the
financial covenants under the Credit Agreement.

Term Loan Facility

We  utilized the entire principal amount  of the Term Loan Facility to redeem approximately  8.33%

of our Class B common stock on a pro  rata basis in September  2014. As  of  December 31, 2015, the
principal amount outstanding under the  Term Loan Facility was $281.3  million.  The Term Loan Facility
has a five-year term. The Term Loan Facility is  an amortizing  facility and payments of principal and
interest are payable quarterly, beginning March 31, 2015. The outstanding principal amount of the
Term Loan Facility will amortize as follows: $18.8  million in  year one, $15.0 million in year two,
$30.0 million in year three, $45 million in year four,  and  the remaining principal balance in year five.
The interest rate for the Term Loan  Facility  is LIBOR plus  1.25%  per  annum or the  base  rate plus
0.25% per annum (at our election).

Revolving Credit Facility

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility became available, subject  to  compliance with  the

terms and conditions set forth in the  Credit Agreement, beginning (at our option)  after the
consummation of our initial public offering. The  Revolving Credit Facility is scheduled to mature  on
March 31, 2020. The interest rate for the Revolving Credit Facility is LIBOR plus 1.25%  per  annum or
the base rate plus 0.25% per annum  (at  our election).

Cash Flows

Operating Activities

Cash provided by operating activities consisted  of net income adjusted for  certain non-cash  items,
including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation, and deferred  income  taxes, as well
as the effect of changes in working capital and other activities.

2015 Compared with 2014. Cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
December 31, 2015 was approximately  $67.6 million, representing an decrease in  cash inflow of
approximately $18.0 million compared  to  the year ended  December  31, 2014. The decrease  of  in cash
inflow of approximately $18.0 million  was effected by revenue seasonality  pushing cash collections to
early 2016, and an increase in income  tax  receivables as a  result of tax deductible share-based stock

72

option exercise activities and a lower effective tax  rate. Cash  provided by operating  activities consisted
of net income of approximately $66.1  million, as adjusted  for  the  exclusion of non-cash expenses
totaling approximately $20.5 million, which was partially  offset by approximately $19.0 million related to
the effect of changes in working capital  and other balance sheet accounts resulting in  cash inflows of
approximately $67.6 million.

2014 Compared with 2013. Cash provided by operating activities during the year ended
December 31, 2014 was approximately  $85.5 million, an  increase in  cash inflow of approximately
$19.5 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.  Cash provided by operating  activities
was driven by net income of approximately  $65.4 million, as adjusted for  the exclusion of non-cash
expenses totaling approximately $25.1  million, which was partially offset  by approximately  $7.7 million
related to the effect of changes in working  capital and  other balance sheet accounts resulting in cash
inflows of approximately $85.5 million.

Investing Activities

Our primary investing activities consisted of purchases  of property and  equipment, investments  in

internally developed capitalized software, and leasehold  improvements for our facilities.

2015 Compared with 2014. Cash used in investing activities in the  year ended December 31, 2015

was approximately $768.3 million, an  increase  in cash  outflow of approximately $745.7 million
compared to the year ended December 31,  2014. The increase in cash outflow primarily resulted from
purchases of available-for-sale short term investments, net of sales and maturities of $619.4  million and
$122.6 million related to the acquisition of Avalere, net  of cash  acquired  of  $4.0 million, and
investments in property and equipement  as well as capitalized software  of approximately  $26.4 million.

2014 Compared with 2013. Cash used in investing activities in the  year ended December 31, 2014

was approximately $22.6 million, an increase in cash outflow of approximately $3.8 million compared  to
the year ended December 31, 2013. The slight  increase in cash outflow was due to an  increase in the
investment in capitalized software of approximately  $5.5 million, which  was partially  offset by a
decrease in purchases of property and  equipment of approximately $1.7 million.

Financing Activities

Our primary financing activities have  consisted of private purchases and  sales  of common stock,

credit facility borrowings, dividend distributions,  and  stock option exercises  by  employees.

2015 Compared with 2014. Cash provided by financing activities  during  the year ended

December 31, 2015 was approximately  $652.2 million, an  increase of approximately $663.2  million in
cash inflow compared to the year ended  December 31, 2014. The cash  used in financing activities
during the year ended December 31, 2015 is primarily comprised  of  $639.1 million of proceeds from
the issuance of common stock in the  IPO, $14.7 million of  proceeds received from the exercise  of  stock
options, $18.6 million related to excess tax benefits  from share-based  compensation and was partially
offset by repayments of borrowings under  our Credit Facilities of $18.8 million and tax payments  for
equity award issuances of $1.2 million.

2014 Compared with 2013. Cash used in financing activities during the  year ended December 31,

2014 was approximately $10.9 million,  a  decrease of approximately  $32.0 million in  cash outflow
compared to the year ended December 31,  2013. The cash used in financing activities during the  year
ended December 31, 2014 is primarily  comprised of  $309.1  million  for  the repurchase of common stock,
and $2.9 million for the payment of previously declared  dividends, partially offset by $300.0 million
from proceeds of the Term Loan and  $0.7  million from  the exercise of  employee stock options.

73

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements and did  not have any such  arrangements

during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013.

Contractual Obligations

Our principal commitments consist of obligations under our senior  unsecured term loan facility
(see Note 10 of the Consolidated Financial Statements), and  our operating leases for  equipment, office
space, and co-located data center facilities. The  following  table summarizes  our future payments in
cash, excluding the effects of time value,  on contractual obligations by period as of December 31, 2015.

Credit  facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$281,250
25,651

Total

Payments Due by Period

(in thousands)

Less than
1 year

$15,000
8,141

1 - 3 years

3 - 5  years

$75,000
14,732

$191,250
2,778

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$306,901

$23,141

$89,732

$194,028

More than
5  years

$—
—

$—

We  have cash interest requirements,  due  on the  Credit  Facilities, payable  at variable rates, that are

not included in the table above.

Our existing operating lease agreements may provide us  with the option to renew. Our future
operating lease obligations would change if we entered into additional operating lease  agreements and
if we exercised renewal options.

Contractual obligations represent future cash commitments and liabilities under agreements with
third parties, and exclude purchase orders for goods  and  services. Purchase orders are not included in
the table above. Our purchase orders represent  authorizations to purchase rather  than legally binding
agreements. The contractual commitment amounts in the  table  above are associated with agreements
that are legally binding and enforceable, and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or
minimum services  to be used, fixed, minimum  or variable price  provisions and the approximate  timing
of the transaction.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We prepare our consolidated financial  statements  in accordance with GAAP.  The  preparation of
these consolidated financial statements  requires us to make  estimates and assumptions that affect  our
reported amounts of assets, liabilities,  revenue and expenses, as well as related  disclosures. To  the
extent that there are material differences  between  these  estimates and  actual results, our financial
condition or operating results would be  affected. We base our  estimates on  past experience and  other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the  circumstances,  and  we  evaluate these estimates
on an ongoing basis. We refer to accounting estimates  of this type  as critical accounting policies and
estimates, which we discuss further below.

Our significant accounting policies are described in  note  2,  ‘‘Summary of  Significant Accounting

Policies’’, of the notes to our consolidated financial statements, included under Item 15  of this  annual
report on Form 10-K. The following are  the accounting policies  that we believe involve a greater
degree of judgement and complexity and are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and
evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of  operations.

74

Revenue Recognition

We  recognize revenue when it is realized (or realizable) and  earned  (i.e., when  services  have been
rendered or delivery of applicable deliverables has occurred). This  occurs  when persuasive evidence of
an arrangement exists, the product or service has  been performed or delivered, fees are fixed or
determinable, and collection is reasonably  assured.  When collectability  is  not reasonably assured,
revenue is recognized when cash is collected.  Cash collections and invoices  generated in excess of
revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue  until the revenue recognition  criteria are met.

We  have primarily derived our revenue from  sales  of  our  data analytics and data-driven
intervention platform services. We allocate  revenue  to  our data-driven  analytics and data-driven
intervention platform services using the relative selling price  method. We have generally been unable to
establish vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value and, while we  continually seek third-party
evidence of fair value, meaningful data have generally been unavailable  as our services are unique  and
visibility into our competitors’ pricing  is  unavailable. As a  result, we  use our best estimate of  selling
price to allocate arrangement consideration to its contractual service elements.

We  have determined an estimated selling price by considering several external  and internal factors,

including, but not limited to pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, customer  demand,
internal costs, and overall economic trends. Generally, the best  estimate of  selling price  is consistent
with the contractual arrangement fee for each element.

Revenue is recognized as cloud-based  data  analytics and data-driven intervention services  are
performed and information is delivered  to  clients, which  generally  align with  our right to invoice our
clients. Cloud-based data analytics services  are considered  performed  when gaps in  care, quality, data
integrity, or financial performance, and  summarized key analytics and benchmarking  analytics reports
are delivered to its clients, provided that  all contractual  performance requirements and other revenue
recognition criteria are met. Cloud-based data-driven intervention services are  considered performed
upon completion, provided that all contractual performance requirements and  other revenue
recognition criteria are met.

The Company also generates revenues from  data-driven advisory  services.  The Company recognizes

revenue for data-driven advisory services when persuasive  evidence of an arrangement  exists, services
have been rendered, the contract price  is fixed or  determinable, and collectability is reasonably  assured.
The Company enters into arrangements  for data-driven advisory services under  time and materials,
fixed-price, or retainer based contracts. Revenue for time and material  contracts  is recognized based
upon contractually agreed upon billing  rates applied to direct  labor hours expended  plus the costs of
other items used in the performance of the  contract. Revenue on  certain fixed-price  contracts is
recognized using the proportional performance method. Performance is measured based  on the  ratio of
labor hours incurred to total estimated  labor hours. Revenues under certain  other  fixed-price and
retainer based contracts are recognized ratably over the  contract period or upon contract  completion.
Invoices to clients are generated in accordance with the terms of the applicable contract,  which may
not be directly related to the performance of services.  Unbilled  receivables are invoiced based upon  the
achievement of specific events as defined  by  each contract  including deliverables and  timetables.
Unbilled receivables, if any, are classified as a current asset. Advanced billings to clients in excess  of
revenue earned are recorded as deferred  revenue until  the aforementioned  revenue recognition criteria
are met.

We  also enter into multiple-element software arrangements, which are  recognized  under
ASC 985-605, Software Revenue Recognition, when a software subscription license is provided to
customers. Under these arrangements,  we provide post-contract support,  including help  desk  support
and unspecified upgrades. Vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value has not been established for
maintenance as maintenance is not renewed separately  from  the license  fees. As  a result, under these
subscription software license agreements, we recognize  revenue from the license of software ratably

75

over the life of the agreement. We begin to recognize revenue upon  execution of a signed  agreement
and delivery of the software, provided  that the software  license fees are fixed and  determinable, and
collection of the resulting receivable  is reasonably assured.

Certain of our arrangements entitle a client to receive a refund if we fail  to satisfy  contractually
specified performance obligations. The refund is limited to a portion  or  all of the consideration  paid. In
this  case, revenue is recognized when any  and all performance obligations are  satisfied.

We  maintain an allowance, charged to revenue, which reflects  our estimated future billing

adjustments resulting from client concessions or resolutions of billing disputes.

Stock-Based Compensation

All stock-based awards, including employee stock option,  RSU and RSA grants,  are measured  and

recognized in the financial statements  at fair  value as  of the grant  date in  accordance  with ASC  718,
Compensation—Stock Compensation. We recognize stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated
forfeitures based on historical and anticipated turnover data, using  the straight-line  basis over  the
service period of the applicable award,  which is  generally five years.

We  estimate the fair value of each stock option  award  on the  grant date  using the Black-Scholes
option pricing model. The Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  requires the input of estimates, including
the fair market value of our common  stock, the expected  volatility of the price  of  our  common stock,
expected life, the risk free interest rate, and the expected dividend yield of our common  stock.  The
input assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model represent management’s best
estimates. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s
judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, the amount of stock-based
compensation expense could be materially different  in the future.

We  estimate the expected volatility of our  stock options by  using  data for  several unrelated public

companies within our industry that are considered to be comparable  to  our company and for  which
historical information was available. The average expected term was determined under  the simplified
calculation as provided by the SEC Staff’s Accounting Bulletin No.  107, Share-Based Payment, which is
the mid-point between the vesting date and the  end of the contractual term.  We determine the risk-free
interest rate by reference to the U.S.  Treasury yield curve rates with the remaining term  commensurate
with the expected life assumed at the date of grant.  The  dividend yield assumption of  zero is based
upon the fact that we do not have a formal  dividend payment policy, we do not intend  to  continue to
pay cash  dividends on our common stock in  the future,  and,  to  the extent we pay dividends in  the
future, there is no assurance that any such dividends will be comparable  to  those previously declared.
We  estimate the forfeiture rate of our  stock-based awards based on historical experience and
adjustments are made annually to reflect  actual forfeiture experience. We will  continue to use judgment
in evaluating  the assumptions related to our stock-based compensation on a  prospective basis. As  we
continue to accumulate additional data  related to our common stock, we may have refinements to our
estimates, which could materially impact  our future stock-based compensation expense.

We  estimate the fair value of each RSU and  RSA based on the  fair market values of the

underlying common stock on the dates  of grant. RSUs  are  share awards  that,  upon vesting, will deliver
to the holder shares of the Company’s  common stock.  RSAs are shares of the  Company’s common
stock that are reserved in the grantee’s name  upon grant  which will be delivered  to  the holder upon
vesting.

Income Taxes

We  account for income taxes using the  asset and liability approach,  which requires  the recognition
of deferred tax assets and liabilities related  to  the expected future tax consequences  of  events that have

76

been recognized between financial reporting and income tax reporting. We measure deferred tax assets
and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the  years  in which  those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

We  make estimates, assumptions and judgments to determine  our provision for income taxes and
also for deferred tax assets and liabilities  and  any valuation allowances recorded  against our deferred
tax assets. We assess the likelihood that  our deferred tax  assets will be recovered from future  taxable
income and, to the extent we believe  that recovery  is not likely,  we  establish  a valuation  allowance.

We  have adopted ASC 740-10, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, that prescribes a
recognition threshold of more-likely- than-not,  and a  measurement attribute  for all tax positions taken
or expected to be taken on a tax return,  in order for  those  positions to be recognized in the  financial
statements. We continually review tax laws, regulations and related guidance  in order to properly  record
any uncertain tax liability positions. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and
circumstances.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value  of tangible net assets and

identifiable intangible assets of the businesses acquired.  Goodwill  is not amortized. Goodwill  is subject
to impairment testing annually as of December 31st, or whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully  recoverable. The Company’s impairment tests are
based on a structure consisting of a single operating segment  and two reporting  units. During 2015, the
Company performed a qualitative assessment for our reporting units, during  this  assessment, qualitative
factors were first assessed to determine  whether  it was more  likely than not that the fair value  of  the
reporting units were less than their carrying  amounts. Qualitative factors  that were  considered included,
but were not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry  and market conditions, company specific
events, changes in circumstances, after tax cash flows and market capitalization. Based on the
Company’s annual impairment evaluation performed as  of December  31, 2015, the  Company concluded
that there were no indicators of impairment  and  therefore it was more likely than  not  that  the fair
value of the goodwill exceeded its carrying amount, for each reporting unit, and  there was no  reason to
perform the two-step impairment test.  The two-step impairment test compares a reporting unit’s
carrying  value to its fair value. If the fair  value of  the reporting unit  exceeds  the carrying value of the
net assets, including goodwill assigned  to  that reporting  unit, goodwill is  not impaired. If  the carrying
value of the reporting unit’s net assets,  including goodwill, exceeds the fair value  of  the reporting unit,
then the Company will determine the implied  fair value of the  reporting unit’s goodwill. If  the carrying
value of a reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds  its implied fair value, then an impairment  loss is recorded
for the difference between the carrying  amount and the implied  fair value of the goodwill. The
Company completed its annual impairment test as  of  December 31,  2014 which resulted in  no
impairment of goodwill. Our 2014 impairment test was based on a single operating segment and
reporting unit structure. The fair value of our  reporting unit significantly exceeded its respective
carrying  value at December 31, 2014.  Accordingly, we did not record any  goodwill impairments  for any
period presented.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We  are an ‘‘emerging growth company,’’ as  defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups  Act of

2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging  growth companies  can delay adopting new or
revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS  Act  until such time as
those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail  ourselves of this
exemption from new or revised accounting  standards and, therefore, will be subject to the  same new  or
revised accounting standards as other  public companies that  are  not emerging growth companies.

77

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Recently issued accounting standards  and their expected impact, if  any, are discussed in  note 2,
‘‘Summary of Significant Accounting Policies’’, of the  notes to our consolidated financial statements,
included under Item 15 within this annual  report on Form 10-K.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures About Market Risk.

Market risk includes risks that arise from changes  in interest rates, equity prices  and other market

changes that affect market sensitive instruments.

Our primary market risk exposure is  related to changes in  interest  rates on our variable rate  debt

and marketable securities.

Our variable rate debt includes our Term Loan Facility and our Revolving  Credit Facility. As of
December 31, 2015, we had $281.3 million outstanding under our  Term Loan Facility at an effective
interest rate of 1.4%. As a result, if market interest rates were to increase by 1.0%, or 100 basis points,
interest expense would decrease future  earnings and cash  flows, net of estimated tax benefits, by
approximately $1.7 million annually, assuming that we do not enter into  contractual  hedging
arrangements. As of December 31, 2015, there was no  balance outstanding on the Revolving  Credit
Facility.

We  had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments  totaling approximately $728.2 million as
of December 31, 2015. This amount  was invested primarily in  marketable securities  including corporate
notes and bonds, U.S. agency obligations,  commercial paper, U.S. treasury securities,  certificates  of
deposit and money market funds. The cash and cash  equivalents are held for working  capital purposes.
Our investments are made for capital  preservation purposes.  We do  not  enter into investments for
trading or speculative purposes.

Our cash  equivalents and our short-term investments  are subject  to  market risk due to changes in
interest rates, which could affect our results of operations. Fixed rate securities may have  their  market
value adversely affected due to a rise  in  interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less
income than expected if interest rates  fall. Due in  part to these factors,  our future investment  income
may fluctuate due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we  are forced to
sell securities that decline in market value due to changes in interest rates. However  because we classify
our  marketable securities as ‘‘available for  sale,’’  no realized gains or losses are recognized due to
changes in interest rates unless such  securities are sold prior to maturity or declines  in fair value are
determined to be other-than-temporary.

An immediate increase of 100-basis points in interest rates  would have  resulted in  an approximate

$4.6 million market value reduction in  our investment portfolio as  of  December 31, 2015. An
immediate decrease of 100-basis points in  interest rates would have increased the market value by
approximately $10.6 million as of December 31, 2015.  This estimate is based on  a sensitivity model that
measures market value changes when  changes in interest rates occur. Fluctuations  in the value of our
investment securities caused by a change in  interest  rates  (gains or losses  on  the carrying value)  are
recorded  in accumulated other comprehensive income, and are realized only if we  sell the  underlying
securities.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our consolidated financial statements and supplementary data are included as a  separate section

of this Annual Report on Form 10-K  commencing on  page F-1 and  are  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

78

The supplementary financial information  required by this Item 8  is included in Item  7 under  the

caption ‘‘Quarterly Results of Operations,’’ which  is incorporated herein  by  reference.

Item 9. Changes and Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and Financial  Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our chief  executive  officer (‘‘CEO’’) and chief  financial
officer (‘‘CFO’’), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, (as defined
in Rules 13a- 15(e) and 15d- 15(e) under  the Exchange Act), as of the end of  the period  covered by
this  Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based  on such evaluation, our CEO and  CFO  have concluded that,
as of  December 31, 2015, our disclosure  controls and procedures were designed at a reasonable
assurance level to ensure that material information  relating to Inovalon Holdings,  Inc., including  its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to our  CEO  and CFO by others  within those entities,
particularly during the period in which this report was being  prepared  and  that  our disclosure controls
and procedures were effective in providing  reasonable assurance  that information  we are  required to
disclose in reports that we file or submit under  the Exchange Act  is recorded, processed, summarized,
and reported within the time periods  specified in  the rules and  forms of the  SEC, and that such
information is accumulated and communicated to our  management, including our CEO and  CFO,  as
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding  required disclosure.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal  Control over  Financial Reporting

Our management, with the participation of our CEO and  CFO, is responsible for establishing and
maintaining adequate internal control  over financial  reporting (as defined in Rule  13a-15(f) under the
Exchange Act). Our management conducted an assessment  of  the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting based on the  criteria  established in ‘‘Internal Control—Integrated Framework’’
(2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway  Commission (COSO).
Based on that assessment, our management  has concluded that our internal control over financial
reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.

Our management, including our CEO  and CFO, believes  that  our disclosure controls and

procedures and internal control over  financial reporting are  designed to provide reasonable assurance
of achieving their objectives and are effective at the reasonable assurance level.  However, our
management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal  control over
financial reporting will prevent all errors  and all fraud. A  control system, no  matter how  well conceived
and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the  control
system are met. Further, the design of  a  control  system must  reflect the fact that there are  resource
constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their  costs. Because  of  the
inherent limitations in all control systems,  no  evaluation of  controls  can provide  absolute assurance that
all control issues and instances of fraud,  if any,  have been  detected.  These inherent  limitations include
the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty,  and that breakdowns can  occur because of
a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls  can be circumvented by  the individual acts of some
persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management  override  of  the controls. The design of
any system of controls also is based in  part upon  certain assumptions about the  likelihood of future
events, and there can be no assurance  that any design will  succeed in achieving its  stated goals under
all potential future conditions; over time,  controls  may  become inadequate because of  changes in
conditions, or the  degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.  Because of the

79

inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due  to  error  or fraud may  occur
and not be detected.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not  include an attestation report of the  Company’s
registered public accounting firm due to a  transition period established  by rules of  the SEC for newly
public companies and because we are  an  Emerging  Growth Company.

Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting  Firm

Not applicable.

Changes  in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial  reporting (as defined

in Rules 13a-15(f)  and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act)  during the three months ended December 31,
2015 that have materially affected, or  are  reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting.

On September 1, 2015, we completed our acquisition of  Avalere and  effective  from that date, we

began integrating Avalere into our existing control procedures.  We  do not  currently  anticipate any
changes to materially affect our internal  control over financial reporting as a result of the integration of
Avalere.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

80

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and  Corporate Governance

PART III

The information required by this Item  10 will be included  in the 2016  Proxy  Statement and  is

incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item  11 will be included  in the 2016  Proxy  Statement and  is

incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners  and  Management and Related Stockholder

Matters

The information required by this Item  12 will be included  in the 2016  Proxy  Statement and  is

incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director  Independence

The information required by this Item  13 will be included  in the 2016  Proxy  Statement and  is

incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and  Services

The information required by this Item  14 will be included  in the 2016  Proxy  Statement and  is

incorporated herein by reference.

81

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

The following is a list of documents  filed as a  part of  this report:

PART IV

(1) Financial Statements

Included herein at pages F-3 through F-29.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

Included herein at pages F-30.

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits required to be filed by Item 601  of  Regulation  S-K are listed in the Exhibit Index

contained within this annual report on  Form  10-K.

82

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

EXHIBIT INDEX

Description  of Document

Second Amended and Restated Certificate  of  Incorporation. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on Form S-1/A  dated  February 6,
2015)

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws.  (Incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A  dated February 6, 2015)

Form of Indemnification Agreement. (Incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit  10.1 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1  dated December 30, 2014)

Inovalon, Inc. Amended and Restated  Long-term Incentive Plan  (as  amended on
October  7, 2010), as assumed by Inovalon Holdings,  Inc.  (Incorporated by  reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1  dated December  30,
2014)

Form of Stock Option Agreement under the  Amended and Restated Long- term Incentive
Plan (as amended on October 7, 2010),  as assumed by Inovalon  Holdings, Inc.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the  Company’s Registration Statement  on
Form S-1 dated December 30, 2014)

Form of Restricted Stock Units Agreement under  the Amended and Restated Long-term
Incentive Plan (as amended on October 7,  2010), as assumed by Inovalon Holdings, Inc.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the  Company’s Registration Statement  on
Form S-1 dated December 30, 2014)

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A  dated January 29,  2015)

Form of Stock Option Award  under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.  (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s  Registration  Statement on  Form S-1/A dated
January 29, 2015)

Form of Restricted Stock Award  under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s  Registration Statement on Form S-1/A
dated January 29, 2015)

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2015  Omnibus Incentive Plan.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the  Company’s Registration Statement  on
Form S-1/A dated January 29, 2015)

Form of Stock Option Award  under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan  (Section  16
Grantees). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the  Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1/A dated January 29,  2015)

Form of Restricted Stock Award under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Section 16
Grantees). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the  Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1/A dated January 29,  2015)

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award under the 2015  Omnibus Incentive Plan (Section 16
Grantees). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the  Company’s Registration
Statement on Form S-1/A dated January 29,  2015)

10.12

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  (Incorporated by  reference to Exhibit 10.12  to  the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1/A  dated January 29,  2015)

83

Exhibit
Number

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

Description  of Document

Shareholders Voting Agreement, dated as  of September 15,  2008, by and among Inovalon
Holdings, Inc. and those persons identified on  Exhibit A thereto. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s  Registration  Statement on Form S-1  dated
December 30, 2014)

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as  September 19, 2014  by and among Inovalon
Holdings, Inc., certain subsidiaries of  Inovalon Holdings, Inc., as guarantors, various
lenders, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as  joint  lead arranger and joint lead bookrunner, and
Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent.  (Incorporated by  reference to
Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on  Form S-1 dated December 30,
2014)

Second Amended and Restated Stockholders  Rights Agreement, dated as of
September 15, 2014, by and among Inovalon Holdings, Inc. and certain of its stockholders.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the  Company’s Registration Statement on
Form S-1/A dated January 29, 2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Dr. Keith R. Dunleavy. (Incorporated by reference  to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on  Form S-1/A dated January 29,
2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Robert A. Wychulis.  (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on  Form S-1/A dated January 29,
2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Thomas R. Kloster. (Incorporated  by reference to
Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on  Form S-1/A dated January 29,
2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Christopher E. Greiner.  (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on  Form S-1/A dated January 29,
2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Daniel L. Rizzo. (Incorporated  by reference to Exhibit 10.20
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form  S-1/A dated  January 29, 2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Jason Z.  Rose. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form  S-1/A dated  January 29, 2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Joseph R. Rostock. (Incorporated  by reference  to
Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on  Form S-1/A dated January 29,
2015)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated December 3, 2014,  by  and
between Inovalon, Inc. and Shauna Vernal. (Incorporated by reference  to  Exhibit  10.23 to
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form  S-1/A dated  January 29, 2015)

21.1*

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

84

Exhibit
Number

Description  of Document

23.1* Consent of Deloitte & Touche  LLP.

31.1* Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to  Rule 13a- 14(a)/15d-14(a) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted  pursuant to Section  302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2* Certification of Chief Financial  Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-  14(a)/15d-14(a) of  the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted  pursuant to Section  302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1** Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to  18 U.S.C. 1350,  as adopted pursuant

to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002.

32.2** Certification of Chief Financial  Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C.  1350, as adopted pursuant

to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act  of 2002.

101.INS* XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF* XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Definition Linkbase

101.LAB* XBRL Taxonomy Extension  Label Linkbase

101.PRE* XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

*

Filed herewith.

** This certification is deemed not  filed  for purposes of Section  18 of the Securities Exchange  Act of
1934, as amended (Exchange Act), or  otherwise subject  to the liability of that section, nor shall it
be deemed incorporated by reference  into  any  filing under the Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended
(Securities Act), or the Exchange Act..

85

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the

Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its  behalf  by the undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized.

Date: February 26, 2016

INOVALON HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

/s/ KEITH R. DUNLEAVY, M.D.

Keith R. Dunleavy, M.D.
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, this report has  been signed

below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and  in the  capacities and  on the  dates
indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ KEITH R. DUNLEAVY, M.D.

Keith R. Dunleavy, M.D.

Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
(principal executive officer)

February  26,  2016

/s/ THOMAS R. KLOSTER

Thomas R. Kloster

Chief Financial Officer (principal
financial officer and principal
accounting officer)

February 26,  2016

/s/ DENISE K. FLETCHER

Denise K. Fletcher

/s/ ANDR´E S. HOFFMANN
Andr´e S. Hoffmann

/s/ LEE D. ROBERTS

Lee D. Roberts

/s/ WILLIAM J. TEUBER

William J. Teuber

Director

February  26,  2016

Director

February  26,  2016

Director

February  26,  2016

Director

February  26,  2016

86

INOVALON HOLDINGS, INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31,  2015 and 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations  for the years ended December 31,  2015, 2014, and 2013 .
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for  the years ended December 31, 2015,

F-2
F-3
F-4

2014, and 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’  Equity  (Deficit)  for the  years  ended December  31,

F-6
2015, 2014, and 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-7
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended December  31, 2015,  2014, and 2013
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F-8
Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-29

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders  of
Inovalon Holdings, Inc.
Bowie, Maryland

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Inovalon Holdings, Inc.  and

subsidiaries (the ‘‘Company’’) as of December 31, 2015  and 2014,  and the related  consolidated
statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity  (deficit),  and cash flows for each
of the three years  in the period ended  December 31, 2015. Our  audits  also included  the financial
statement schedule listed in the Index at Item  15. These financial statements and  financial statement
schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our  responsibility is  to  express an
opinion on the financial statements and  financial statement schedule  based on our audits.

We  conducted our audits in accordance with the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  The
Company is not required to have, nor were we  engaged to perform,  an  audit of  its internal control over
financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as  a
basis for designing audit procedures that  are  appropriate in the circumstances,  but not for the purpose
of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over  financial  reporting.
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also  includes examining, on a test basis,  evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the financial statements,  assessing the  accounting principles
used and significant estimates made  by management, as well as evaluating the  overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis  for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial  statements  present fairly, in  all  material  respects, the
financial position of Inovalon Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries  as of December 31,  2015 and  2014, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of  the  three years in the  period ended
December 31, 2015, in conformity with  accounting principles generally  accepted in the United States of
America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when  considered in relation  to  the
basic consolidated financial statements  taken as a whole, presents fairly  in all material respects the
information set forth therein.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

McLean, VA
February  26,  2016

F-2

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share amounts)

December 31,

2015

2014

Current assets:

ASSETS

Cash and  cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term  investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $1,022 and  $1,827 at December 31, 2015 and 2014,

respectively) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 114,034
614,130

$ 162,567
—

81,305
16,162
18,377
—

43,938
6,015
6,797
491

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

844,008

219,808

Non-current assets:

Property, equipment and capitalized software, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

65,031
137,733
61,855
4,250

50,962
62,269
7,447
2,083

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,112,877

$ 342,569

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other current liabilities
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Credit  facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital  lease  obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Non-current liabilities:

Credit  facilities, less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital  lease  obligation, less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commitments  and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders’  equity (deficit):

Common  stock, $0.000005 par value, 900,000,000 shares  authorized, zero shares issued and

outstanding at each of December 31, 2015 and 2014,  respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Class A common stock, $0.000005 par value, 750,000,000 shares  authorized, 53,482,669 and

11,109,285 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively . . . . . . . .

Class B  common stock, $0.000005 par value, 150,000,000 shares  authorized, 98,230,363 and

122,257,145, shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively . . . . . . .
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, zero shares issued and outstanding
at  December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional  paid-in-capital
Retained earnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury stock, at cost, zero and 11,109,285 shares at December 31,  2015 and 2014, respectively . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

21,136
13,538
11,444
797
5,507
15,000
109

67,531

266,250
296
2,446
37,198

373,721

$ 10,974
15,305
1,992
567
3,904
18,750
99

51,591

281,250
168
2,619
15,163

350,791

—

—

1

—

—

1

—
493,197
247,540
—
(1,582)

739,156

—
110,317
181,477
(300,017)
—

(8,222)

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,112,877

$ 342,569

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expenses:

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

$437,271

$361,540

$295,798

Cost of revenue(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146,140
14,684
22,329
115,029
22,633

112,761
7,143
23,130
88,565
19,880

120,054
5,952
21,192
80,638
15,517

Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

320,815

251,479

243,353

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

116,456

110,061

52,445

Other income and (expenses):

Realized losses on short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(328)
3,003
(4,420)

—
6
(1,336)

—
9
(79)

Income before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

114,711
48,648

108,731
43,379

52,375
19,657

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,063

$ 65,352

$ 32,718

Net income attributable to common stockholders,  basic and diluted . .

$ 66,014

$ 65,352

$ 32,718

Net income per share attributable to  common stockholders,  basic and

diluted:
Basic net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding:

$

$

0.45

0.45

$

$

0.50

0.49

$

$

0.24

0.24

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

145,745

130,770

135,305

Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

148,275

133,289

136,375

Cash dividend declared per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $

— $

0.15

(1) Includes stock-based compensation expense  as follows:

Cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

164
173
1,212
5,866

$

— $
—
—
2,894

—
—
—
1,842

Total stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

7,415

$

2,894

$

1,842

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Realized losses on short-term investments reclassified  from

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

$66,063

$65,352

$32,718

accumulated other comprehensive income,  net of tax of ($139) . . . .

191

Net change in unrealized gains and (losses) on available-for-sale

investments, net of tax of $1,269 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,773)

—

—

—

—

Comprehensive income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$64,481

$65,352

$32,718

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

Preferred Stock Common Stock

Issued

Issued Class A
Common Stock

Issued  Class B
Common  Stock

Treasury Stock

Shares Amount Shares Amount

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other

Retained Comprehensive
Earnings

Loss

Total
Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

$ 236,829
(72,114)
52,114
—
270

437

(362)
1,842
(20,000)
32,718

F
-
6

.

.

.

. —

$—

$— 134,641,780

$ 1

— $

— $107,553

$124,180

$ —

$ 231,734

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Balance—January 1, 2013 .
.
Repurchase of common stock for treasury .
.
.
Sale  of  common  stock  from  treasury .
.
.
.
Retirement of common stock .
Exercise of stock options
.
.
.
.
Tax benefit from exercise of non-qualified
.
.

.
.
Forfeiture  of fully vested non-qualified stock
.
.
.
Stock-based compensation expense—options .
.
.
Dividends declared .
.
.
.
Net income .

stock options .

options .

.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.
.
.
.

. —
. —
. —
. —
. —

. —

. —
. —
. —
. —

$—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

treasury .

Balance—December 31, 2013 .
.
Repurchase of Class B common stock for
.
.

. —
.
.
Conversion  Class B to Class A common  stock . —
.
. —
Retirement of treasury stock .
. —
Exercise of stock options
.
.
Stock-based compensation expense—options .
. —
Tax benefit from exercise of non-qualified
.
.
.
.
Forfeiture  of vested non-qualified stock
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
options .
Net income .

stock options .

. —
. —

. —

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

offering, net of offering costs .

Balance—December 31, 2014 .
.
Issuance of common stock upon initial public
.

.
Issuance of treasury stock upon initial public
.
.

.
.
offering, net of offering costs .
Stock-based compensation expense .
.
Issuance of common stock related to  business
.
.
.

.
.
Exercise of stock options
.
Tax benefit from exercise of non-qualified
.
.

combination .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. —

. —
. —

. —
. —

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

stock options .

Purchase Plan .

. —
.
.
Conversion Class B to Class A common stock . —
Issuance of shares for Employee Stock
.
.

.
Shares retired for settlement of employee taxes
upon conversion of restricted stock units
.
.

Other comprehensive loss .
.
Net income .

. —
. —
. —

. —

.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

. —

$—

Balance—December 31, 2015 .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

. —

$—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—

$—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

$—

—
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

$— 137,869,575
—
—
—
—
(3,486,750)
—
258,955
—

— $

$ 1
— (10,703,360)
7,216,610
—
3,486,750
—
—

— $107,769
—
—
(2,403)
270

(72,114)
52,114
20,000
—

$129,059
—
—
(17,597)
—

$ —
—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

—

—
—
—
—

437

—

(362)
1,842
—
—

—
—
(20,000)
32,718

—

—
—
—
—

—
—
— 11,109,285
—
—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—
—

—
—
— (11,109,285)
(1,462,320)
—
186,970
—

—

— (12,571,605)
—
—
1,462,320
—
—
—

—

(309,083)
—
9,066
—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—
—
(1,011)
720
2,894

409

(248)
—

—
—
(8,055)
—
—

—

—
65,352

—
—
—

—

—

—
—

(309,083)
—
—
720
2,894

409

(248)
65,352

$— 11,109,285

$— 122,257,145

$ 1

(11,109,285) $(300,017)

$110,317

$181,477

$ —

$

(8,222)

— 14,255,518

—
—

—
—

—
538,383

235,737
—

—

—
—

—
—

—

—
94,784

—
3,222,201

—
—
— 27,313,057

—
—
— (27,313,057)

—

—
—
—

30,689

—
—
—

—

—
—
—

—

(30,710)
—
—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—

—

359,170

11,109,285
—

300,017
—

(20,115)
7,259

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
—

3,847
14,652

18,608
—

8

(549)
—
—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—

—
—
66,063

—
(1,582)
—

359,170

279,902
7,259

3,847
14,652

18,608
—

8

(549)
(1,582)
66,063

$— 53,482,669

$—

98,230,363

$ 1

— $

— $493,197

$247,540

$(1,582)

$ 739,156

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

Cash  flows  from  operating  activities:
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Net  income .
.
.
Adjustments  to  reconcile net income  to net cash  provided  by  operating activities:
.
.
Stock-based  compensation  expense .
.
.
.
Depreciation .
.
.
.
Amortization  of intangibles
.
.
.
Amortization/accretion of premiums  or discounts  on  short-term investments .
.
.
Realized  losses  on short-term investments
.
.
Tax  payments  for equity  award issuances .
.
Excess  tax  benefits from share-based compensation .
.
.
.
Deferred income taxes .
.
.
.
.
Loss  on  disposal of long-lived  assets
.
.
.
Loss  on  impairment of long-lived assets

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

Changes  in  assets  and  liabilities:
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Accounts receivable .
.
.
Prepaid expenses and other  current assets .
.
Income taxes receivable .
.
.
.
Other  assets .
.
.
.
Accounts payable .
.
.
.
Accrued compensation .
.
.
.
.
Other  liabilities .
.
.
.
.
.
Deferred rent
.
.
.
Deferred revenue .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

Net cash provided by operating activities .

Cash flows from investing activities:

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

Acquisition, net of cash acquired of $4,037 .
.
Escrow funding associated with acquisition .
.
.
.
Purchases of short-term investments .
Maturities and sales of  short-term investments .
.
Purchases of property and equipment .
Investment in capitalized software .
.
.
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment .

.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

Net cash used in investing activities .

.

.

.

.

.

Cash flows from financing activities:

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Proceeds from issuance of common stock,  net  of underwriters’ discount .
.
Proceeds from issuance  of  treasury stock,  net of underwriters’ discount
.
.
.
Payment of offering costs .
.
.
.
.
.
Repayment of credit facility borrowings .
.
.
.
Repurchase of common stock .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Sale of  common stock .
.
.
.
Proceeds from credit facility borrowings .
.
.
.
Dividends paid .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Proceeds from exercise of stock options .
.
.
.
.
Capital lease obligations paid .
.
.
.
Tax paid for equity award issuances .
.
.
.
.
Excess  tax benefits from stock-based compensation .

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Net cash provided by (used  in) financing activities .

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents .
.
Cash  and cash equivalents, beginning of period .

.

.

.

.

.

Cash  and cash equivalents, end of period .

.

.

.

.

Supplemental cash flow  disclosure:
Cash paid during the year  for:

Income taxes, net of refunds .
.
.
Interest .

.
.
Non-cash investing activities:

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

Tenant improvement allowance .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Capital lease obligations incurred .
Accounts payable  for  purchases of and  investment  in property, equipment and capitalized software .
.
Accrued compensation  for investment  in capitalized software .

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.
.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Non-cash financing activities:

Dividends declared, not paid .

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

.

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

$ 66,063

$ 65,352

$ 32,718

7,415
19,221
3,412
2,212
328
697
(18,608)
5,786
52
—

(24,475)
(1,110)
7,825
(1,776)
4,474
(6,178)
2,788
(575)
3

2,894
15,512
4,368
—
—
—
—
1,882
197
255

(10,539)
(3,484)
(2,025)
(1,035)
2,120
7,686
1,314
(357)
1,388

67,554

85,528

(114,718)
(7,875)
(964,037)
344,653
(6,486)
(19,951)
94

—
—
—
—
(7,518)
(15,164)
63

1,842
11,918
3,599
—
—
—
—
(333)
250
—

29,502
(181)
(3,121)
(197)
(1,468)
(6,677)
(233)
230
(1,834)

66,015

—
—
—
—
(9,202)
(9,664)
3

(768,320)

(22,619)

(18,863)

362,082
282,172
(5,182)
(18,750)
—
—
—
—
14,660
(112)
(1,245)
18,608

—
—
—
—
(309,083)
—
300,000
(2,852)
720
(130)
—
409

—
—
—
—
(72,114)
52,114
—
(23,511)
270
(115)
—
437

652,233

(10,936)

(42,919)

(48,533)
162,567

51,973
110,594

4,233
106,361

$ 114,034

$ 162,567

$110,594

$ 35,038
4,359

$ 43,115
1,101

$ 22,723
—

—
249
3,189
567

—

—
14
2,089
978

—

1,536
240
1,209
276

2,852

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.

.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.

.

.
.

.

.
.

.
.
.
.

.

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

Inovalon Holdings, Inc., (the ‘‘Company’’), is a leading technology company that combines
advanced cloud-based data analytics and  data-driven intervention  platforms to achieve meaningful
impact in clinical and quality outcomes, utilization, and financial performance across the healthcare
landscape. The value that the Company  delivers to its clients is achieved by turning data into insights
and those insights  into action. Through  the Company’s large proprietary datasets,  advanced integration
technologies, sophisticated predictive analytics, and deep subject matter expertise, the Company  delivers
seamless, end-to-end platforms that bring  the benefits of big data  and large-scale analytics  to  the point
of care. The Company’s analytics platforms  identify gaps in  care,  quality,  data integrity, and  financial
performance, in its clients’ datasets. The Company’s data-driven intervention  platforms  enable clients to
take the insights derived from the analytics and implement unique, patient-level solutions, drive  impact
and enhance patient engagement.

On September 17, 2014, Inovalon, Inc. implemented a holding company reorganization, pursuant

to which Inovalon Holdings, Inc. (together with its  wholly owned subsidiaries,  Inovalon or the
Company) became the new parent company  of  Inovalon, Inc.  and Inovalon, Inc.  became the direct,
wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The  Company was incorporated  in the state of Delaware  on
September 11, 2014. Inovalon, Inc. was  incorporated in the state  of  Delaware  on November 18, 2005.
The impact of the holding company reorganization is  retrospectively presented  in the accompanying
consolidated financial statements by recognizing the  entity  as Inovalon Holdings, Inc.  The consolidated
balance sheet and consolidated statement  of stockholders’  equity (deficit)  depict the newly authorized
classes of stock. Additionally, earnings  per  share is  calculated based upon the  newly  created  Class  B
common stock (refer to Notes 4 and 13 for additional information). On January 14,  2015, the
Company’s board of directors approved a  five-for-one  stock  split of the Company’s Class A common
stock and Class B common stock. Effective January 16,  2015 the Company amended  its  certificate of
incorporation to give effect to the stock split  and  to  change the Company’s  authorized common  equity
capital to 900,000,000 shares of common stock,  750,000,000 shares of Class  A common stock,  and
150,000,000 shares of Class B common  stock, par  value $0.000005 per share. All  share data included  in
these financial statements give retroactive effect to the stock split and related amendment to the
Company’s certificate of incorporation.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years)

Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Inovalon Holdings, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts  and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates—These consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with United States Generally  Accepted Accounting Principles (‘‘GAAP’’). The
preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity  with GAAP requires  management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect  the reported amounts of assets  and liabilities,  disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities as of the  date of the financial statements,  and the  reported amounts of
revenue and expenses during the reported period.

Significant estimates made by management  include,  but are not limited to: revenue recognition,
specifically selling prices associated with the  individual elements in multiple  element arrangements;
accounts receivable allowances; estimates of  the fair value of the  Company’s common  stock  and the
related estimates of the fair value of stock-based awards;  fair value of intangibles  and goodwill;

F-8

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

depreciable lives of property, equipment and capitalized software; and useful lives  of intangible assets.
Actual results could differ from management’s estimates,  and such differences  could  be  material  to  the
Company’s consolidated financial position and  results of  operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents—Cash and cash equivalents consist of  highly liquid  investments  with an

original maturity of three months or  less  at the  time of purchase, and demand deposits with  financial
institutions.

Short-term investments—Our portfolio of short-term investments consists of investment  grade debt
securities. The Company classifies short-term  investments  as  available-for-sale at the time of purchase
and  reevaluates such classification as of each  balance sheet  date. All  short-term investments are
recorded at estimated fair value. Unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale securities are
included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, a component of stockholders’  equity. The Company
evaluates its investments to assess whether  those with  unrealized loss  positions are  other than
temporarily impaired. The Company considers impairments to be other-than-temporary if they  are
related to deterioration in credit risk,  if it is more likely than  not  that the Company will be required to
or if the Company intends to sell the securities  before  the recovery  of  their cost basis. Realized gains
and  losses and declines in value judged to be other than  temporary are determined based  on the
specific identification method and are reported as components of other  income and (expenses), in  the
consolidated statements of operations. Interest,  amortization of premiums, and accretion  of discount on
short-term investments classified as available for sale are included as a component of interest income,
in the  consolidated statements of operations.  There were no other-than-temporary impairments  during
2015.

The Company may sell short-term investments  at  any  time, without significant  penalty,  for use in

current  operations or for other purposes, even if  the short-term  investments have not yet reached
maturity. As a result, the Company classifies these investments, including securities with maturities
beyond 12 months, as current assets in  the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Gains or losses
realized  from the sale of securities are reclassified  out of other comprehensive income (loss) into
earnings using the specific identification method.

Concentrations of Credit Risk—Accounts receivable and cash and cash equivalents  subject the
Company to its highest potential concentrations of credit risk.  Although  the Company deposits its cash
and cash equivalents with multiple financial institutions,  the Company’s  deposits may  exceed federally
insured  limits. The Company has not experienced any losses on  cash and cash equivalent  accounts to
date,  and management believes the Company  is not exposed  to  any significant credit risk  related to
cash and cash equivalents.

The Company sells services to clients without  requiring  collateral, based on  an evaluation of the
client’s financial condition. Exposure  to  losses  on receivables is  principally dependent  on each client’s
financial condition. The Company monitors its exposure for credit losses and maintains allowances for
anticipated losses.

F-9

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

Revenue from significant clients, those  representing 10% or more  of  total revenue  for the

respective periods, is summarized as  follows:

Revenue:

Client A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client E . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

*

Less than 10%

Year Ended
December 31,

2015

2014

2013

12%

12% 12% *
*
*
11% *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

11%
11%
10%

Accounts receivable from significant clients,  those representing 10% or more of total accounts

receivable for the dates noted, is summarized  below:

Accounts Receivable:

December 31,

2015

2014

Client C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Client B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10% 22%
12%
*

*

Less than 10%

Accounts Receivable and Allowances—Accounts receivable consists primarily of amounts  due  to the
Company from its normal business activities. The Company  provides an  allowance for estimated losses
resulting from the failure of clients to make required payments  (credit losses) and  a sales  allowance for
estimated future billing adjustments resulting from client concessions or resolutions of billing disputes.
The provision for sales allowances are charged against  revenue  while credit losses are  recorded in
general and administrative expenses.

Fair Value Measurements—The Company applies the Accounting Standards  Codifications, or
ASC, 820-10, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, ASC 820-10. ASC 820-10 defines fair value,
establishes a fair value hierarchy for  assets and liabilities measured at fair value, and expands required
disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance  requires the Company to classify and disclose
assets and liabilities measured at fair  value  on  a recurring basis, as  well as fair  value measurements of
assets and liabilities measured on a nonrecurring basis in periods  subsequent to initial measurement, in
a three-tier fair value hierarchy as described below.

The guidance defines fair value as the exchange  price that would  be  received for an asset or paid

to transfer a liability in the principal or  most  advantageous market for the asset or  liability  in an
orderly  transaction between market participants on  the measurement date.  Valuation techniques used
to measure fair value must maximize  the use of  observable  inputs and minimize the use  of

F-10

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

unobservable inputs. The guidance describes  three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair
value:

Level 1—Financial assets and liabilities  whose  values  are based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in
active  markets for identical assets or liabilities that  the reporting entity can access  at the
measurement date.

Level 2—Financial assets and liabilities  whose  values  are based on inputs other than quoted  prices
included within Level 1 that are observable for the  asset or liability, either  directly  or indirectly.

Level 3—Financial assets and liabilities  whose  values  are based on unobservable inputs for  the
asset or liability.

Financial instruments are defined as  cash, or other financial instruments to  a third party. The

carrying  amounts of accounts receivable and other current assets, accounts payable  and accrued
liabilities approximate fair value due  to  their  short-term nature.  The  Company’s Credit Facilities  (as
defined in Note 9 below) approximate fair  value because of their floating rate structure.

Property, Equipment and Capitalized Software, net—Property and equipment are stated  at cost,  less

accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and  amortization on property, leasehold
improvements, equipment, and software is computed on a straight-line basis  over the estimated useful
lives of the assets, as follows:

Office and computer equipment
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchased software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assets under capital leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Useful Life

3 - 5 years
5 years
3  - 5 years
7 years
40 years
*
*

(*) lesser of lease term or economic life

Expenses for repairs and maintenance that  do not extend the life of property and equipment are

charged to expense as incurred. Expenses  for  major renewals and betterments, which  significantly
extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are  capitalized  and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property  and  equipment, the cost  and related accumulated depreciation are
removed from the accounts and any  resulting  gain or loss is recognized.

In accordance with ASC 350-40, Internal-use Software, the Company capitalizes certain software
development costs while in the application  development stage related  to  software developed for internal
use. All other costs to develop software  for internal  use, either in the preliminary  project stage  or post
implementation stage, are expensed when  incurred. Software development  costs are  amortized on a
straight-line basis over a three to five year period, which  management believes  represents the useful  life
of these  capitalized costs.

In accordance with ASC 985-20, Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, certain software
development costs are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility  has been  established.

F-11

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

Thereafter, all software development  costs incurred through the  software’s general release  date are
capitalized and subsequently reported at the lower of amortized cost  or net realizable  value. Capitalized
costs are amortized based on current  and expected  future revenue for each software  solution with
minimum annual amortization equal  to  the straight-line amortization  over the estimated economic life,
which  is typically over a three to five  year  period,  of the solution.

Intangible Assets—Intangible assets consist of acquired technology, including  developed  and core

technology, databases, trade names, and  customer relationships.  Intangible assets are initially recorded
at fair value and amortized on a straight line  basis over  their estimated useful lives. Acquired intangible
assets are being amortized over the following periods:

2  -  10 years
Proprietary software technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 -  10 years
Trademark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 years
Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 - 15.75 years
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-compete agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contractual term

Useful Life

On an annual basis, the Company reviews its  intangible assets for impairment based on  estimated
future undiscounted cash flows attributable to the  assets. In the event  such cash flows  are not expected
to be sufficient to  recover the recorded  value of the assets, the  assets are written down to their net
realizable values. There were no impairment charges on  intangible assets for the years ended
December 31, 2015 and 2014.

Goodwill—Goodwill represents the excess of acquisition costs over the fair value  of tangible net
assets and identifiable intangible assets  of  the  businesses acquired.  Goodwill is not amortized. Goodwill
is subject to impairment testing annually  as of December 31st, or whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be fully recoverable. The Company’s
impairment tests are based on a structure  consisting of a single operating segment and two  reporting
units. During 2015, the Company performed a qualitative assessment for our reporting units, during
this  assessment, qualitative factors were first assessed to determine whether it was more likely than  not
that the fair value of the reporting units were  less than their carrying  amounts. Qualitative factors  that
were considered included, but were not limited to, macroeconomic  conditions,  industry and  market
conditions, company specific events, changes  in circumstances,  after tax cash flows and market
capitalization. Based on the Company’s  annual  impairment  evaluation performed as of  December 31,
2015, the Company concluded that there  were no indicators  of impairment and  therefore it  was more
likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill exceeded its  carrying amount, for each reporting  unit,
and there was no reason to perform the two-step  impairment test. The two-step impairment test
compares a reporting unit’s carrying value to its fair  value.  If the fair  value  of the reporting unit
exceeds the carrying value of the net assets, including goodwill assigned  to that reporting  unit, goodwill
is not impaired. If the carrying value  of  the  reporting unit’s  net  assets, including goodwill,  exceeds  the
fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company will determine the implied fair value  of  the
reporting unit’s goodwill. If the carrying  value of a reporting unit’s goodwill  exceeds  its implied  fair
value, then an impairment loss is recorded  for the difference between  the carrying amount and the
implied fair value of the goodwill. The  Company completed  its  annual impairment test as of
December 31, 2014 which resulted in  no  impairment of goodwill. Our 2014  impairment test  was  based

F-12

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

on a single operating segment and reporting unit structure. The  fair value of our reporting unit
significantly exceeded its respective carrying value at December  31, 2014. Accordingly, we did not
record any goodwill impairments for  any  period presented.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews long- lived assets  for events or  changes in

circumstances that would indicate potential  impairment.  If the Company determines that an asset  may
not be recoverable, an impairment charge is recorded. A  $255 impairment charge on  long-lived assets
was recognized in general as administrative expenses  for the  year ended December  31, 2014. There
were no impairment charges on long-lived  assets for the years ended December 31,  2015 and 2013.

Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenue when  it is realized (or realizable) and
earned (i.e., when services have been rendered  or delivery of  applicable deliverables  has occurred). This
occurs when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the product or service has been performed
or delivered, fees are fixed or determinable, and collection is  reasonably assured. When collectability is
not reasonably assured, revenue is recognized  when cash is  collected. Cash collections  and invoices
generated in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenue  until the revenue
recognition criteria are met.

The Company primarily derives its revenue from multiple-element  arrangement sales of its cloud-

based data analytics and data-driven  intervention  platform services. Revenue  from these  multiple
element arrangements are recognized in accordance  with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple
Element Arrangements. The Company allocates revenue to its  cloud- based data analytics  and
data-driven intervention platform services using the relative selling price  method. The Company  has
generally  been unable to establish vendor-specific objective  evidence of  fair value,  and while the
Company routinely seeks third party  evidence of fair  value, meaningful data  has generally been
unavailable as the Company’s services  are  unique and visibility  into  competitors pricing  is unavailable.
As a  result, the Company uses its best estimate of selling  price to allocate arrangement consideration to
its contractual service elements.

The Company has determined a best estimate  of selling price  by considering several  external and

internal factors including, but not limited  to,  pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, customer
demand, internal costs, and overall economic trends.

Generally, the best estimate of selling  price is consistent with the contractual arrangement  fee for

each element.

Revenue is recognized as cloud-based data  analytics and data-driven intervention services  are
performed and information is delivered  to  clients, which generally  align with  the Company’s right to
invoice its clients. Cloud- based data analytics  services are  considered performed when  gaps in care,
quality, data integrity, or financial performance, and summarized key analytics  and benchmarking
analytics reports are delivered to its clients,  provided that all contractual performance requirements  and
other  revenue recognition criteria are  met. Cloud-based data-driven intervention services are considered
performed upon completion, provided that all  contractual  performance requirements and  other  revenue
recognition criteria are met.

The Company also generates revenues from  data-driven advisory  services.  The Company recognizes

revenue for data-driven advisory services when persuasive  evidence of an arrangement  exists, services
have  been rendered, the contract price is fixed or  determinable, and collectability is reasonably  assured.

F-13

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

The Company enters into arrangements  for data-driven advisory services under  time and materials,
fixed-price, or retainer based contracts. Revenue for time and material  contracts  is recognized based
upon contractually agreed upon billing  rates applied to direct  labor hours expended  plus the costs of
other items used in the performance of the  contract. Revenue on  certain fixed-price  contracts is
recognized using the proportional performance method. Performance is measured based  on the  ratio of
labor hours incurred to total estimated  labor hours. Revenues under certain  other  fixed-price and
retainer based contracts are recognized ratably over the  contract period or upon contract  completion.
Invoices to clients are generated in accordance with the terms of the applicable contract,  which may
not be directly related to the performance of services.  Unbilled  receivables are invoiced based upon  the
achievement of specific events as defined  by  each contract  including deliverables and  timetables.
Unbilled receivables, if any, are classified as a current asset. Advanced billings to clients in excess  of
revenue earned are recorded as deferred  revenue until  the aforementioned  revenue recognition criteria
are met.

The Company also enters into multiple-element software arrangements, which  are recognized
under ASC 985-605, Software  Revenue Recognition, when software subscription licenses are provided  to
clients. Under these arrangements, the Company provides  post-contract support,  or PCS, including  help
desk support and unspecified upgrades.  Vendor-specific  objective evidence of fair  value has  not  been
established for PCS as PCS is not renewed  separately  from the license fees. As  a result, under these
subscription software license agreements, the Company recognizes revenue  from the license of software
ratably over the life of the agreement.  The Company begins to recognize revenue  upon execution  of  a
signed agreement and delivery of the  software,  provided that  the  software license fees are fixed and
determinable, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably  assured.

Certain of the Company’s arrangements entitle a  client to receive a refund if the  Company fails to

satisfy contractually specified performance obligations. The refund is limited to a portion or all of the
consideration paid. In this case, revenue is recognized when performance  obligations are satisfied.

The Company maintains an allowance,  charged to revenue,  which reflects  the Company’s  estimated

future billing adjustments resulting from  client concessions  or  resolutions of billing disputes.

Cost of Revenue—Cost of revenue consists primarily of expenses for employees  who provide direct

revenue-generating services to clients, including salaries,  benefits,  discretionary  incentive bonus
compensation, employment taxes, equity compensation costs,  and  severance. Cost  of  revenue also
includes expenses associated with the integration and verification of data and other service costs
incurred to fulfill the Company’s revenue contracts. Cost of revenue does  not  include allocated
amounts for occupancy expense and depreciation and amortization.

Research  and Development—Research and development expenses consist  primarily of employee-

related costs. All such costs are expensed as incurred,  except for certain internal use  software
development costs that are capitalized. Research and development excludes any allocation of occupancy
expense, depreciation and amortization.

Selling and Marketing—Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of employee-related

expenses including salaries, benefits,  discretionary incentive compensation, employment  taxes, severance
and equity compensation costs for employees  engaged  in sales, sales  support, business development,
and marketing. Sales and marketing expense also includes  operating expenses for  marketing  programs,

F-14

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

research, trade shows and brand messages, and public relations costs. Sales and marketing expense
excludes any allocation of occupancy expense, depreciation and amortization.

General and Administrative—General and administrative expense consists  primarily of employee-
related expenses including salaries, benefits,  discretionary  incentive compensation, employment taxes,
severance and equity compensation costs, for  employees who  are responsible for management
information systems, administration,  human resources,  finance, legal, and executive  management.
General and administrative expense also  includes occupancy expenses (including  rent, utilities,
communications, and facilities maintenance), professional fees, consulting fees, insurance, travel, and
other expenses. General and administrative expense excludes any allocation of depreciation and
amortization.

Segments—The Company operates its business  as one operating segment. The Company develops
cloud-based data analytics and data-driven intervention platforms and  provides related services to its
clients  in order to achieve meaningful  insight and improvement  in clinical  and quality outcomes,
utilization, and financial performance.  The  Company derives substantially all of its revenue from the
sale and  support of one group of similar products  and related services—proprietary datasets,  advanced
integration technologies, sophisticated predictive analytics,  and deep subject matter  expertise that
enable the Company to provide seamless,  end-to-end platforms that  bring  the benefits of big data and
large-scale analytics to clients. Operating  segments are  defined  as components of an enterprise for
which  separate financial information  is available  and is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief
operating decision maker (‘‘CODM’’), or  decision-making  group, in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance. In the process of allocating resources and assessing performance,  the
Company’s CODM, its chief executive  officer, reviews financial information presented on  a
consolidated basis.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standards
Codification ASC 740, Income Taxes, which prescribes  the use of the asset  and  liability  approach to the
recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities related  to the expected future tax consequences of
events that have been recognized in the  Company’s financial statements or  income  tax returns.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured  using enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary  differences  are expected to be recovered or settled.
Valuation allowances are established,  when necessary, to reduce deferred tax  assets when it is more
likely than not that a portion or all of  a given deferred  tax asset will not be realized. In accordance
with ASC 740, income tax expense includes  (i) deferred  tax expense,  which generally represents the  net
change in the deferred tax asset or liability balance during the period plus any change in  valuation
allowances and (ii) current tax expense,  which  represents  the amount of tax currently payable  to  or
receivable from a taxing authority plus amounts accrued  for expected tax contingencies (including both
tax and interest). ASC 740 prescribes a  recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not,  and a
measurement attribute for all tax positions  taken or expected to be taken on a tax return,  in order for
those positions to be recognized in the financial  statements. The Company continually reviews tax laws,
regulations and related guidance in order to properly  record any uncertain tax liability positions. The
Company adjusts these reserves in light of  changing facts and circumstances.

Stock-Based Compensation—All stock-based awards, including employee stock option  grants,

restricted stock unit (‘‘RSU’’) grants,  and restricted  stock awards (‘‘RSA’’), are recorded at fair value as

F-15

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

of the grant date in accordance with  ASC  718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, and recognized in
the statement of operations over the  service period  of  the applicable award using the straight-line
method.

The Company determines the fair value of its stock option  awards on  the date of  grant, using the

Black-Scholes option pricing model. The  Company estimates the number of share-based awards that
are expected to be forfeited based on  historical and  anticipated turnover  data  at the date of grant and
revises the estimates, if necessary, in  subsequent periods  if actual forfeitures differ from  those
estimates. The assumptions used in calculating the  fair value of share-based awards represent
management’s best estimates.

The Company measures RSUs and RSAs  that  vest upon satisfaction  of  a service condition, or  a
liquidity condition if such a condition is applicable, based on the  fair market values of the underlying
common stock on the dates of grant. RSUs are  share awards  that, upon vesting, will deliver to the
holder shares of the Company’s common  stock. Compensation expense is recognized  based upon the
satisfaction of the requisite service and  or liquidity condition as of that date, following the straight-line
method, net of estimated forfeitures. The Company estimates future forfeitures at  the date of  grant and
revises the estimates, if necessary, in  subsequent periods  if actual forfeitures differ from  those
estimates.

Treasury Stock—The Company records treasury stock activities  under the cost  method whereby the

cost of the acquired stock is recorded as  treasury stock.  The  Company’s accounting policy upon the
formal  retirement  of treasury stock is  to  deduct the par value from common stock and to reflect any
excess of cost over par value as a reduction to additional paid-in capital (to the extent created  by
previous issuances of the shares) and then retained earnings.

Deferred Rent—Deferred rent consists of rent escalation  payment terms, tenant improvement
allowances and other incentives received from  landlords  related  to  the  Company’s operating leases for
its  facilities. Rent escalation represents the difference between actual  operating lease payments due and
straight-line rent expense, which is recorded by the  Company over the term of the  lease, including  any
construction period. The excess is recorded as a deferred credit  in the early periods  of the lease, when
cash payments are generally lower than straight-line rent expense,  and is  reduced  in the later periods of
the lease when payments begin to exceed the  straight-line  expense. Tenant allowances from landlords
for tenant improvements are generally comprised of cash received  from the landlord as  part of  the
negotiated terms of the lease or reimbursements of  moving costs.  These  cash payments are recorded as
deferred rent from landlords and are  amortized as  a reduction  of  periodic rent expense, over  the term
of the applicable lease.

Deferred Initial Public Offering (‘‘IPO’’) Issuance Costs—The Company capitalizes IPO costs, which
primarily consist of direct incremental  legal and accounting fees relating  to  the IPO.  The  IPO issuance
costs will be offset against IPO proceeds  in periods following the consummation of the  offering. As of
December 31, 2014, there was $2,888  deferred  as prepaid expenses  and  other  current assets,  and no
amounts were deferred at December 31,  2015.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards  Board (‘‘FASB’’) issued updated  guidance on

revenue from contracts with customers. This revenue recognition guidance  supersedes existing

F-16

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

GAAP guidance, including most industry-specific guidance. The  core principle  is that an entity should
recognize revenue to depict the transfer  of promised goods or services  to customers in an amount that
reflects the consideration to which the  entity expects to be  entitled  in exchange for those goods or
services. The guidance identifies five  steps to apply in achieving  this principle. On  July 9, 2015, the
FASB approved a one year deferral of  the  effective date  of  ASU 2014-09 to January 1, 2018.
ASU 2014-09 may be applied either retrospectively or  through the use of a modified-retrospective
method. The Company is currently evaluating both methods of adoption as  well as the  effect
ASU 2014-09 will have on the Company’s  consolidated financial position, results of operations, cash
flows and financial disclosures, including whether  the Company elects  retrospective, or  modified
retrospective, method adoption. The  Company  currently  expects the  most significant  impact  arising
from the adoption of ASU 2014-09 to  result in  additional disclosures  related to qualitative  and
quantitative information concerning the  nature, amount, timing, and any uncertainty  of  revenue and
cash flows from contracts with customers.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, Accounting for Share-Based Payments  When the Terms
of an Award Provide a Performance Target  Could Be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period, requiring
that a performance target that affects  vesting and that could  be  achieved after  the requisite service
period be treated as a performance condition.  The  amendments in  this guidance  are effective for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those fiscal  years,  beginning after December 15,  2015. The Company
does not expect the adoption of this pronouncement to have an impact on our financial  statements as
this  guidance mirrors our existing policy  for such share-based awards.

In September 2015, the FASB issued  ASU  No.  2015-16, Simplifying  the Accounting for
Measurement-Period Adjustments (‘‘ASU  No.  2015-16’’). ASU No. 2015-16  requires, for  business
combinations, that the acquirer record,  in  the same period’s  financial statements,  the effect on  earnings
of changes in depreciation, amortization, or other income effects,  if any,  as a result  of  the change to
the provisional amounts, calculated as if the accounting  had been completed at  the acquisition date.
ASU No. 2015-16  is effective for fiscal  years beginning after December 15, 2015,  with early adoption
permitted. The Company early adopted the  provisions of  ASU No. 2015-16 during the fourth quarter of
2015. Under the previous guidance, an acquirer must recognize  adjustments to provisional amounts
during the measurement period retrospectively  (i.e. as if  the accounting  for  the business combination
had been completed at the acquisition date). That is,  the acquirer  must revise comparative information
on the income statement and balance sheet  for  any prior periods affected.  Under  ASU 2015-16,
acquirers must recognize measurement-period adjustments in the period in  which they determine  the
amounts, including the effect on earnings  of any  amounts they would have recorded in  previous periods
if the accounting had been completed  at  the  acquisition  date.  The amendments in ASU 2015-16 require
an entity to present separately on the  face of the income statement or disclose  in the notes the portion
of the amount recorded in current-period  earning  by  line item that would have been in previous
reporting periods if the adjustment to  the provisional amounts had been recognized as of  the
acquisition date. ASU 2015-16 did not  change the criteria for  determining  whether an adjustment
qualifies as a measurement-period adjustment and does not change the  length of the measurement
period. See Note 3 for the Company’s disclosures related to the early  adoption of ASU 2015-16.

F-17

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

In November 2015, the Financial Accounting  Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) issued Accounting
Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2015-17,  Balance Sheet Classification  of  Deferred Taxes, which  will  require
entities to present all deferred tax assets  (‘‘DTAs’’)  and  deferred tax liabilities (‘‘DTLs’’) as  non-current
on the balance sheet. This guidance  is effective for public companies  for fiscal years, and interim
periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15,  2016. Early adoption is permitted, and
entities may choose whether to adopt  this  update  prospectively  or  retrospectively. We  have elected to
early adopt ASU 2015-17 and change  our  method of  classifying DTAs  and DTLs as  either current  or
non-current to classifying all DTAs and DTLs as  non-current, and have  chosen to apply a prospective
method. Prior balance sheets were not retrospectively adjusted.

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (in thousands, except share amounts)

On September 1, 2015, (the ‘‘Acquisition Date’’),  pursuant  to  the provisions  of the Share Purchase

Agreement, (‘‘the purchase agreement’’),  the Company  acquired 100 percent of the  stock of Avalere
Health, Inc. (‘‘Avalere’’). Avalere is a  provider  of data-driven advisory  services and  business  intelligence
solutions primarily to the pharmaceutical and life  sciences industry, as well as within  their  extensive
array of client relationships with payors,  providers  and  research  institutions. Certain  portions of the
stated purchase price of $140,000 are contingent upon the achievement of financial and operational
objectives, and other portions are subject to continued employment provisions.  The Company
completed the acquisition of Avalere through the use of cash  on hand and the issuance of 235,737
shares, subject to sale restrictions, of Class A  common stock. The addition of Avalere, with its more
than 200 pharmaceutical and life sciences clients,  as well as  an extensive array of client  relationships
with payors, providers and research institutions, is expected to expand  Inovalon’s  capabilities  and client
base into the expansive and adjacent markets of the  pharmaceutical and  life  sciences industry.

A summary of the composition of the stated purchase price  and fair value of the stated purchase

price is as follows:

Share Purchase Agreement purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Working capital adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$140,000
3,112

Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

143,112

Fair Value Adjustments:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock marketability discount
Performance objectives discount from maximum  value . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Post-acquisition compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,153)
(700)
(16,357)

Total fair value purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$124,902

The composition of the fair value purchase  price is  as follows:

Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of Class A common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$118,755
3,847
2,300

Total fair value purchase price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$124,902

F-18

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (in thousands, except share amounts)  (Continued)

Recording of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

Estimates of fair value included in the consolidated  financial  statements, in conformity with
ASC No. 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,  represent  the Company’s  best estimates and
valuations. In accordance with ASC No. 805, Business  Combinations, the allocation of  the consideration
value is subject to adjustment until the Company has completed  its analysis, but  not  to  exceed one  year
after the date of acquisition, which was  September 1,  2015, to provide  the  Company with  the time  to
complete the valuation of its assets and  liabilities. As of December 31, 2015,  the Company has
completed and finalized its analysis and allocation of the consideration  value  to  assets acquired and
liabilities assumed. In addition, as discussed in  Note 2,  the Company  early adopted the provisions of
ASU 2015-16 and recorded measurement period adjustments that were identified in  the process of
finalizing the aforementioned analysis and allocation.

The following table summarizes the final  purchase price allocation to assets acquired  and liabilities

assumed, including identification of measurement period  adjustments:

Preliminary Measurement

Recorded
Value

Period
Adjustments

Final
Recorded
Value

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, equipment and capitalized  software . .
Intangible assets(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

4,037
13,011
1,958
3,248
57,520
74,238
947
224

$ —
(120)
—
—
300
1,226
(224)
—

$

4,037
12,891
1,958
3,248
57,820
75,464
723
224

Total assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

155,183

1,182

156,365

Current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(11,054)
(17,677)
(1,600)
(554)

Total liabilities assumed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(30,885)

108
(686)
—
—

(578)

(10,946)
(18,363)
(1,600)
(554)

(31,463)

Net assets acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$124,298

$ 604

$124,902

(1) Identifiable intangible assets  were  measured using a combination of an income approach

and a market approach.

(2) Goodwill is the excess of the consideration transferred over the net  assets recognized and
represents the future economic benefits, primarily as a  result of other assets acquired that
could not be individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is  not  amortized
and is not deductible for tax purposes.

F-19

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

3. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS (in thousands, except share amounts)  (Continued)

The amounts attributed to identified  intangible assets  are summarized in  the table below:

Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tradename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-compete agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted
Average
Useful Life

10 years
10 years
5 years
3  years

Preliminary Measurement

Recorded
Value

$45,800
8,300
2,600
820

$57,520

Period
Adjustments

$ —
—
300
—

$300

Final
Recorded
Value

$45,800
8,300
2,900
820

$57,820

Acquisition-related costs were expensed as incurred.  For year ended December 31,  2015, the
Company incurred acquisition-related costs of $1,483  recognized within ‘‘General and  administrative’’
expenses in the accompanying consolidated  statements of operations.

Avalere Results and Pro Forma Impact of Acquisition

The following table presents revenue  and  loss before taxes of  Avalere  since  the acquisition date,

September 1, 2015, included in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended
December 31, 2015:

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$17,492
(29)
$

The following table presents pro forma information, based  on estimates  and assumptions that the
Company believes to be reasonable, for  the Company as if  the acquisition of Avalere  had occurred  at
the beginning of the earliest period presented:

Total

Unaudited

Year Ended
December 31,

2015

2014

Pro forma revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pro forma income before taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$469,784
$108,977

$408,671
$ 92,635

The pro forma information provided in the table above is not necessarily indicative of the

consolidated results of operations for  future periods  or the results  that actually would have been
realized had the acquisition been completed  at the  beginning  of  the periods presented.

4. NET INCOME PER SHARE (in thousands, except per share amounts)

During  September 2014, the Company completed  a holding company reorganization.  As part of

the reorganization, the Company implemented a  multi-class stock structure. The Company  has
retrospectively presented the impact  on net  income per share (EPS) of  this reorganization  by
calculating EPS based on the newly authorized, issued and outstanding  shares of Class A  and Class B

F-20

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

4. NET INCOME PER SHARE (in thousands, except per share amounts) (Continued)

common stock. Holders of all outstanding classes  of  common stock participate  ratably in  earnings on  an
identical per share basis as if all shares  were  a single  class.

The Company has issued restricted share  awards of Class A common  stock  (RSAs)  under the  2015

Omnibus Incentive Plan. The Company  considers issued and unvested RSAs to be participating
securities as the holders of these RSAs  have  a non-forfeitable right to dividends in  the event of the
Company’s declaration of a dividend  on shares  of  Class  A and Class  B common stock. Subsequent to
the issuance of the participating securities, the Company applied the two-class method required in
calculating net income per share of Class  A  and  Class B  common  stock.

Undistributed net income for a given  period is  apportioned  to  participating securities based on the

weighted-average shares of each class  of  common stock  outstanding during the applicable period as a
percentage of the total weighted-average  shares outstanding during the same  period.

Under the two-class method, net income attributable  to  common stockholders is determined  by
allocating undistributed earnings, calculated  as net income, less earnings attributable to participating
securities. The net income per share attributable to common stockholders is allocated based  on the
contractual participation rights of the  Class A common stock  and  Class B common  stock as if the
income for the period has been distributed.  As the liquidation and dividend rights are  identical  for both
classes of common stock, the net income attributable to common  stockholders  is allocated on  a
proportionate basis.

The Company has issued Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Holders of Class A

common stock generally have the same  rights,  including  rights to dividends, as holders  of Class  B
common stock, except that holders of  Class A  common  stock have one vote per share while holders  of
Class B common stock have ten votes per share. Each share of Class B common stock will convert into
one share of Class A common stock immediately upon its sale  or transfer. As such, basic and fully
diluted earnings per share for Class A common stock and  Class  B common stock are the  same.

Basic net income per share of common  stock is computed by dividing the net income attributable

to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the period. All participating securities are excluded from the basic  weighted-average shares of
common stock outstanding. Unvested RSAs  are excluded from  the calculation of the weighted-average
shares of common stock until vesting occurs, as the  restricted shares are subject to forfeiture and
cancellation until vested. For purposes of the diluted  net income per share attributable to common
stockholders calculation, unvested shares  of common stock resulting  from RSAs are considered to be
potentially dilutive shares of common stock.

Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is  computed  by  dividing  net
income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average shares outstanding, including
potentially dilutive shares of common stock assuming  the dilutive  effect of potential shares  of common
stock for the period determined using  the treasury stock method. Potentially dilutive  securities also
include stock options, restricted stock units, and shares to be purchased under the  employee stock
purchase plan. Under the treasury stock  method, dilutive securities are assumed to be exercised  at the
beginning of the periods and as if funds  obtained thereby were used to purchase common stock at the
average market price during the period.  Securities are excluded from the computations of  diluted net
income per share if their effect would  be  anti-dilutive  to  earnings per share.

F-21

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

4. NET INCOME PER SHARE (in thousands, except per share amounts) (Continued)

The numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted EPS  computations, reconciliations of

the weighted average shares outstanding, and resulting basic  and diluted earnings  per  share for our
common stock are calculated as follows:

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

Basic

Numerator:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities . . . . .

$ 66,063
49

$ 65,352
—

$ 32,718
—

Net income attributable to common stockholders—basic . . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,014

$ 65,352

$ 32,718

Denominator:

Weighted average shares used in computing net income per share
attributable to common stockholders—basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

145,745

130,770

135,305

Net income per share attributable to  common stockholders—basic . . .

$

0.45

$

0.50

$

0.24

Diluted

Numerator:

Net income attributable to common stockholders—diluted . . . . . . . . .

$ 66,014

$ 65,352

$ 32,718

Denominator:

Number of shares used for basic EPS  computation . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of dilutive securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

145,745
2,530

130,770
2,519

135,305
1,070

Weighted average shares used in computing net income per share
attributable to common stockholders—diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . .

148,275

133,289

136,375

Net income per share attributable to  common stockholders—diluted .

$

0.45

$

0.49

$

0.24

The computation of diluted EPS does not include 645, and 1,234, and  4,905 equity  awards for  the

years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively,  because their inclusion  would have an
anti-dilutive effect on EPS.

F-22

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

5. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS (in thousands)

As of December 31, 2015, short-term investments  consisted of the  following:

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair Value

Available-for-sale securities:

Corporate notes and bonds . . . . . . . .
U.S. agency obligations . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certificates of deposit . . . . . . . . . . . .

$390,185
121,521
60,362
36,849
7,928

Total available-for-sale securities . . . . . .

$616,845

$12
11
2
—
—

$25

$(2,321)
(203)
(179)
(28)
(9)

$387,876
121,329
60,185
36,821
7,919

$(2,740)

$614,130

As of December 31, 2014, the Company held no  short-term investments.

The following table summarizes the estimated fair  value of our  short-term investments,  designated

as available-for-sale and classified by  the contractual  maturity date  of  the securities as of the dates
shown:

Due in one year or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Due in greater than one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$206,679
407,451

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$614,130

$—
—

$—

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

The Company has certain available-for-sale securities  in a  gross unrealized loss position, all of
which  have been in such position for less  than 12 months.  The  Company reviews its debt securities
classified as short-term investments on a regular basis to evaluate whether or  not  any security has
experienced an other-than-temporary  decline in  fair value. The Company  considers factors such as the
length of time and extent to which the  market  value  has been less than the cost, the financial position
and near-term prospects of the issuer and the Company’s  intent to sell, or whether it is  more likely
than not the Company will be required  to  sell the  investment before recovery of the  investment’s
amortized-cost basis. If the Company determines  that an other-than-temporary decline exists,  or if write
downs related to credit losses are necessary,  in one of  these  securities, the unrealized  losses attributable
to the respective investment would be  reclassified to realized losses on short-term  investments within
the statement of operations. There were no impairments considered other-than-temporary  as of
December 31, 2015.

F-23

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

5. SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS (in thousands) (Continued)

The following table shows the fair values and the gross unrealized losses  of available-for-sale

securities that have been in a gross unrealized loss position for less than 12 months, aggregated  by
investment category as of December  31,  2015:

Corporate notes and bonds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. agency obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certificates of deposit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Estimated
Fair Value

$384,570
86,044
55,796
36,821
7,679

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

$(2,321)
(203)
(179)
(28)
(9)

$570,910

$(2,740)

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (in thousands)

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy  for financial assets and liabilities measured  at

fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31,  2015:

Cash Equivalents:

Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,521

$

— $ — $

2,521

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Short-term investments:

Corporate notes and bonds . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. agency obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. treasury securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commercial paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certificates of deposit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Current Liabilities:

— 387,876
— 121,329
60,185
—
36,821
—
7,919
—

— 387,876
— 121,329
60,185
—
36,821
—
7,919
—

Contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

— (2,300)

(2,300)

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,521

$614,130

$(2,300) $614,351

The Company determines the fair value of its security holdings  based on pricing from  its pricing

vendors. The valuation techniques used to measure  the fair  value of financial  instruments having
Level 2 inputs were derived from non-binding consensus prices that are corroborated by observable
market data or quoted market prices for  similar instruments. Such market prices may be quoted prices
in active markets for identical assets (Level  1 inputs) or pricing determined using inputs other than
quoted prices that are observable either directly or  indirectly (Level 2 inputs). The Company performs
procedures to ensure that appropriate fair  values are recorded such as  comparing prices  obtained  from
other sources.

On September 1, 2015, the Company recorded contingent consideration at it fair value in
conjunction with the acquisition of Avalere. The Company  determines fair value  of its  contingent
consideration, using Level 3 inputs under the  fair value  hierarchy, consisting of information  provided by
observing certain operating metrics along with management’s own assumptions. The Company adjusts

F-24

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

6. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (in thousands) (Continued)

the estimated fair value of its contingent  consideration quarterly.  The  change  in value is reflected in
our  statements of operations as gain (loss)  from contingent consideration valuation as  a component of
general and administrative expenses.  During  the year  ended December  31, 2015  the fair value of the
Company’s contingent consideration decreased  $100 as a  result of finalizing the Company’s analysis  and
allocation of the consideration value to  assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

As of December 31, 2014, the Company measured its money market investment balances, included
in cash and cash equivalents, at fair value  based on quoted prices that  are equivalent to cost (Level 1);
the Company did not have any assets  measured at  fair value on  a  recurring basis using  significant other
observable inputs (Level 2), or significant  unobservable inputs (Level 3), or any liabilities measured  at
fair value as prescribed by ASC 820-10.

7. PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE (in thousands)

Property, equipment and capitalized  software  consisted of the  following:

December 31,

2015

2014

Office and computer equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchased software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 30,286
12,428
12,351
60,735
5,391
390
1,797
3,333

$ 23,844
11,999
9,916
39,432
4,894
390
1,750
2,917

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . .

126,711
(61,680)

95,142
(44,180)

Property, equipment and capitalized software,  net . . . . . . . . . .

$ 65,031

$ 50,962

The Company leases certain office equipment  under capital lease  agreements, with bargain

purchase options at the end of the lease  term. Leased  office equipment included in property  and
equipment at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $734  and  $961,  respectively.

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014,  and  2013 was  $19,221,
$15,512, and $11,918, respectively. Amortization of the  capital leases included in depreciation expense
was $118, $133, and $115, for the years ended December 31,  2015, 2014,  and 2013, respectively. At
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had  unamortized capitalized software costs, including  costs
classified as work in progress, of $38,165  and $28,417, respectively.

At December 31, 2015 and 2014, work in  process consisted  primarily of purchased software

licenses, computer equipment, and capitalized software, which  was not placed into service.

F-25

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

8. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (in thousands, except years)

Goodwill

Goodwill is primarily derived from the Company’s acquisitions of  Avalere in 2015, Catalyst

Information Technologies, Inc. in 2009, and Medical Reliance  Group, Inc. in  2006. Refer to Note 3 for
further information regarding the goodwill that arose from  the  Company’s acquisition of Avalere  during
2015.

The following table summarizes the activity related to the carrying value of our goodwill  during the

years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014:

Goodwill as of January 1, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 62,269

Goodwill as of December 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 62,269

Goodwill recorded in connection with the  acquisition  of Avalere Health,

Inc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

75,464

Goodwill as of December 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$137,733

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets at December 31, 2015 and  2014 were as follows:

Proprietary software technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Avalere acquisition (see Note 3):

Customer Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tradename . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-compete agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2015

Gross

$16,077
360
6,500
13,650

45,800
8,300
2,900
820

Accumulated
Amortization

$(16,077)
(360)
(4,097)
(9,931)

(1,526)
(277)
(193)
(91)

Net

$ —
—
2,403
3,719

44,274
8,023
2,707
729

Weighted
Average  Remaining
Useful Life (years)

—
—
3.8
9.4

9.8
9.8
4.7
2.7

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$94,407

$(32,552)

$61,855

Proprietary software technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trademark . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2014

Gross

$16,077
360
6,500
13,650

Accumulated
Amortization

$(15,796)
(360)
(3,447)
(9,537)

Net

$ 281
—
3,053
4,113

Weighted
Average Remaining
Useful Life (years)

0.3
—
4.8
10.4

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$36,587

$(29,140)

$7,447

F-26

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

8. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (in thousands, except years) (Continued)

Driven primarily by the accelerated arrival of advancing generations of  technological software
capabilities, management decided to  discontinue the use of proprietary software technology, acquired in
the Medical Reliance Group acquisition, with an initial expected useful life of ten years. The Company
shortened the life of the intangible asset,  and accelerated straight-line amortization over the  period of
time the Company transitioned to an  advanced software  application,  which occurred  during  2015. At
December 31, 2015 and 2014, the net carrying value of this proprietary software technology was zero
and $281, respectively.

Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and  2013 was $3,412,  $4,368,

and $3,599, respectively.

Estimated future amortization expense  of intangible assets,  based upon  the Company’s  intangible

assets at December 31, 2015, is as follows:

Year ending December 31:
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$ 7,307
7,307
7,216
6,837
6,190
26,998

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$61,855

9. CREDIT FACILITIES (in thousands)

On September 19, 2014, the Company entered into a Credit and Guaranty Agreement (‘‘Credit
Agreement’’), with a group of lenders  including Goldman Sachs Bank  USA,  as administrative  agent, to
provide credit facilities in the aggregate maximum principal amount of  $400,000, consisting of  a senior
unsecured term loan facility in the original  principal  amount  of  $300,000 (the ‘‘Term Loan Facility’’),
and a senior unsecured revolving credit facility in  the maximum principal amount of  $100,000 (together
with the Term Loan Facility, the ‘‘Credit Facilities’’).

The Credit Facilities consisted of the following:

Revolving Credit Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Term Loan Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Credit Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,
2015

December 31,
2014

$

—
281,250

281,250
15,000

$

—
300,000

300,000
18,750

Non-current Credit Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$266,250

$281,250

The revolving credit facility became available to the Company  on February  18, 2015, upon the

consummation of its IPO.

F-27

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

9. CREDIT FACILITIES (in thousands) (Continued)

The Company’s borrowing rate under the Credit Facilities is  dependent  on whether the  Company

elects Eurodollar loans or base rate loans.  Interest accrues on Eurodollar loans at a defined Eurodollar
rate, defined as the London Interbank  Offer  Rate  (‘‘LIBOR’’) plus the applicable margin  of  1.25%, as
defined in the Credit Agreement. Interest is payable monthly in arrears.

The Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with specified financial covenants,  including
the maintenance of a $50,000 minimum  cash and cash equivalents  balance as of  each  calendar  quarter
end. The minimum cash and cash equivalents  balance is not required to be held with any  of the group
of lenders and may be commingled with  the Company’s operating funds. The Credit Facility also
contains various covenants, including  affirmative  covenants with respect to certain reporting
requirements and maintaining certain business activities, and negative covenants that, among other
things, may limit or impose restrictions on the Company’s  ability  to  incur  liens,  incur  additional
indebtedness, make investments, make acquisitions and undertake certain  additional actions.  As of, and
during, the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company  was  in compliance  with the financial
covenants under the Credit Agreement.

Scheduled maturity of the Credit Facilities follows:

2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$ 15,000
30,000
45,000
191,250

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$281,250

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (in thousands)

Operating Leases—The Company leases office space under operating  lease arrangements, some of
which contain renewal options. Future non-cancellable  lease payments as of  December 31, 2015 are  as
follows:

Year ending December 31,
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amount

$ 8,141
7,960
6,772
2,778
—

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$25,651

Total expense under operating leases was $7,178,  $7,438, and  $6,572, during the  years  ended
December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013,  respectively. Certain  operating leases  contain rent escalation
clauses, which are recorded on a straight-line  basis over the initial term  of the lease,  with the difference
between the rent paid and the straight-line rent recorded as a deferred rent  liability.  Lease incentives
received from landlords are recorded as deferred  rent liabilities  and  are  amortized  on a straight-line

F-28

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (in thousands) (Continued)

basis over the lease term as a reduction to rent expense. The  deferred rent liability was $3,243  and
$3,186 at December 31, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Capital Leases—The total capital lease liability at December 31,  2015 and  2014 was $405 and $267,

respectively, which approximates fair  value due to the short duration  of  the obligations.

Letter of Credit—During 2014 the Company maintained  a letter  of credit  with its primary
commercial financial institution. As of  December 31, 2015  and 2014,  the outstanding  letter of credit
was $0 and $247, respectively. The letter of credit  was in lieu  of  a security  deposit for the Company’s
corporate office. During 2015 the letter of credit was  eliminated.

Litigation—From time to time, the Company is involved in various litigation matters arising out of

the normal course of business. The Company consults with legal  counsel on those issues  related to
litigation and seeks input from other experts and advisors  with respect  to such matters.  Estimating the
probable losses or a range of probable  losses resulting from litigation, government  actions and  other
legal proceedings is inherently difficult  and requires an  extensive  degree  of judgment,  particularly
where  the matters involve indeterminate claims for monetary  damages,  may involve discretionary
amounts, present novel legal theories,  are  in the  early  stages of the proceedings, or are  subject to
appeal. Whether any losses, damages  or remedies ultimately resulting  from such  matters could
reasonably have a material effect on the  Company’s business, financial condition, results of operation,
or cash flows will depend on a number  of  variables, including, for example, the timing  and amount of
such losses or damages (if any) and the  structure and type of any such  remedies. The Company’s
management does not presently expect any litigation matters  to  have a material adverse impact on the
consolidated financial statements of the  Company.

11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (in thousands, except share and per share  amounts,  years, and
percentages)

Stock Options

On December 31, 2006, the Company and its stockholders  established the 2007  Long-Term
Incentive Plan, or Plan, under which the  Company’s Board of Directors, at its discretion, could grant
stock options to employees and certain  directors of the Company.  During 2009, the  Plan was  amended
and currently authorizes the grant of stock  options  or other equity instruments for  up to 10,275,000
shares of common stock. The stock options granted  under the Plan generally  expire at the earlier of  a
specified period after termination of  service or the date  specified by the Board  of  Directors at the date
of grant, but not more than ten years  from such grant date. Stock issued  as  a result of  exercised stock
options will be issued from the Company’s  authorized  available  stock. Effective  June 5, 2012, the 2007
Long-Term Incentive Plan changed its name to the Inovalon, Inc. 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
Options granted under the Plan may be incentive stock  options or  non- qualified stock options under
the applicable provisions of the Internal  Revenue  Code.  The 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan was
terminated upon completion of the IPO.  Awards  granted under  the 2007 Long-Term  Incentive Plan  will
remain outstanding until the earlier of exercise,  forfeiture, cancellation  or expiration.

On February 18, 2015, the date of the completion  of the Company’s  IPO, the  Company’s 2015

Omnibus Incentive Plan (the ‘‘2015 Plan’’) became effective. The 2015 Plan provides  for the  grant of
incentive stock options, within the meaning  of Section 422  of the Internal Revenue  Code  of 1986, as
amended (the ‘‘Code’’), to the Company’s employees and any parent and subsidiary employees, and for

F-29

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (in thousands, except share and per share  amounts,  years, and
percentages) (Continued)

the grant of non-qualified stock options,  stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSAs, RSUs,
dividend equivalent rights, cash-based  awards (including annual cash incentives and long-term cash
incentives), and any combination thereof  to the Company’s employees, directors, and consultants and to
employees, directors, and consultants of certain affiliated entities. The Company reserved for issuance
under the 2015 Plan shares of its Class A common stock equal to the  sum of:  (i) 7,335,430  shares of
Class A common stock; and (ii) the number of  shares of its Class A common  stock  underlying  awards
granted under the Company’s 2007 Long-Term  Incentive Plan, which  was terminated upon completion
of the IPO, that are forfeited, canceled, or expire (whether  voluntarily  or involuntarily).

The Company selected the Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  as the most appropriate model for

determining the estimated fair value for  stock-based  awards. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model
requires the use of estimates, including the  fair market value of the  Company’s common stock  prior to
the Company’s IPO, expected stock price  volatility, expected term, estimated forfeitures and the
risk-free interest rate. The fair value  of stock option  awards is  amortized on  a straight-line basis over
the requisite service period of the awards,  which is  generally the vesting period.  The amount of stock-
based compensation expense recognized  is based on the estimated portion  of the awards that are
expected to vest. Actual and anticipated forfeiture rates were applied in the expense calculation.

Prior to the Company’s IPO, determining  the fair value of the  Company’s common stock  required

complex and subjective judgment and  estimates. There is inherent  uncertainty in  making these
judgments and estimates. Since the Company’s share price was not  publicly quoted  and lacked an  active
trading market prior to the Company’s IPO in  February 2015, the  Company’s Compensation
Committee was required to estimate the  fair  value of the common stock at each meeting at which
options were granted based on factors including, but  not  limited  to,  contemporaneous  valuations  of  the
Company’s common stock performed by an  unrelated third-party  specialist,  the lack of marketability  of
the Company’s common stock, developments in  the business,  share repurchase arrangements, the status
of the Company’s development and sales  efforts, revenue  growth, valuations of comparable companies,
and additional objective and subjective  factors relating  to  the Company’s business.

The Company did not grant any options during 2015. The fair  value of each option grant is
estimated on the date of grant applying the  Black-Scholes option  pricing  model  using  the following
assumptions:

December 31,

2015

2014

2013

Expected stock price volatility . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —Years
—
Expected dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
—%
Weighted-average fair value of underlying

—%

42.9%

6.5 Years
—
2.1%

41.5%

6.5 Years
—
2.3%

common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

— $

21.68

$

6.90

Expected volatility was calculated as of each grant  date based on reported  data  for several

unrelated public companies within the  Company’s  industry  that are considered to be comparable  to  the
Company and for  which historical information was available. The  average expected term was
determined under the simplified calculation  as provided by  the Securities and  Exchange Commission’s

F-30

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (in thousands, except share and per share  amounts,  years, and
percentages) (Continued)

Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment, which is the mid-point between the vesting
date  and the end of the contractual term.  The dividend yield assumption of zero is based upon the fact
that the Company does not have a formal  dividend  payment policy, the Company does  not  intend to
pay cash  dividends on its common stock  in the future, and, to the extent the  Company pays dividends
in the future, there is no assurance that any such  dividends will  be  comparable to those previously
declared. Any declarations of dividends  and the  establishment of future  record  and payment dates are
subject to the final determination of  the Company’s Board of  Directors. The risk-free interest rate  is
determined by reference to the U.S.  Treasury yield curve rates with  the remaining  term commensurate
with the expected life assumed at the date  of  grant. Forfeitures are  estimated  based on  historical
experience and adjustments are made  annually to reflect actual  forfeiture  experience.

Stock option activity under the Company’s plans  was  as follows:

Balance at January 1, 2013 . . . . .
Stock options granted . . . . . . .
Stock options exercised . . . . . .
Stock options cancelled . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2013 . .
Stock options granted . . . . . . .
Stock options exercised . . . . . .
Stock options cancelled . . . . . .

Shares
Available
for Grant

Number of
Shares
Outstanding

2,913,375
(1,246,985)
—
1,466,535

3,132,925
(1,644,720)
—
916,010

6,388,040
1,246,985
(258,955)
(1,466,535)

5,909,535
1,644,720
(186,970)
(916,010)

Balance at December 31, 2014 . .

2,404,215

6,451,275

Stock options granted . . . . . . .
Stock options exercised . . . . . .
Stock options cancelled . . . . . .

—
—
— (3,222,201)
(5,000)

5,000

Balance at December 31, 2015 . .

2,409,215

3,224,074

Exercisable at December  31, 2015
Vested and expected to vest at

December 31, 2015 . . . . . . . .

1,288,900

2,273,160

$7.43

Weighted-
Average
Grant-date
Fair Value
of Underlying
Common
Stock

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 6.90

$14.28

$5.63
$6.90
$1.04
$7.29

$5.69
$7.58
$3.85
$7.45

$5.97

$4.55
$6.77

$7.40

$7.61

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)

6.2

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

$ 14,557

5.7

$ 10,471

5.7

$101,318

5.4

6.5

$ 21,091

$ 37,589

The total grant-date fair value of stock options granted during the  years  ended December 31, 2015,

2014, and 2013 was $0, $14,922, and $3,661, respectively. The weighted average grant-date  fair value
per  share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31,  2015, 2014, and 2013, was  $0,
$9.07, and $2.94, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, there is $4.8 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to
unvested stock options, and this expense is expected to be recognized over  a weighted-average period
of 3.2  years.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table  above represents the total intrinsic value (the difference

between the fair value of the Company’s common  stock  and the exercise price, multiplied by the
number of in-the-money options) that  would have been received  by the option holders had all option

F-31

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (in thousands, except share and per share  amounts,  years, and
percentages) (Continued)

holders  exercised their options. This amount is  subject to change based on changes  to  the fair market
value of the Company’s common stock.

Restricted Stock Units

On November 13, 2014, the Company granted 488,780  RSUs pursuant to the Company’s  2007
Long-Term Incentive Plan. The RSUs had  a  grant date  fair value of $9,722.  The  Company used the  fair
market value  of the underlying common  stock on the date  of  grant to determine the fair value  of
RSUs, which was $19.89 per RSU. The  RSUs vest upon the satisfaction  of both a service condition and
a liquidity condition. The service condition  for  these awards is satisfied  over  five  years.  The  liquidity
condition is satisfied upon the occurrence  of  a qualifying event, defined as a  change of control
transaction or six months following the completion of the Company’s IPO. As of December 31, 2014,
no share-based compensation expense  had been  recognized  for these RSUs because  the qualifying
events (described above) had not occurred.  This  six-month period following  the IPO  is not a
substantive service condition and, accordingly, in 2015, the year  in which the  Company consummated its
IPO, the Company recognized a cumulative  share-based compensation expense for  the portion of the
RSUs that had met the service condition  as of that date, following the straight-line method,  net of
estimated forfeitures. All remaining unrecognized  share-based  compensation expense  related to these
RSUs will be recorded over the remaining requisite service period using the straight-line method,  based
on awards ultimately expected to vest. The Company estimates future forfeitures at the  date of grant
and revises the estimates, if necessary,  in subsequent  periods if  actual  forfeitures differ from those
estimates.

On March 5, 2015, the Company granted 76,273 RSUs  pursuant  to  the 2015 Plan. The awards
granted vest ratably over five years on  each anniversary of the  award grant date, and  upon vesting, the
Company will deliver to the holder shares  of the Company’s Class A common stock  under the 2015
Plan. Pursuant to the terms of the awards,  any unvested  shares  terminate  upon the  RSU holders’
separation from the Company. The grant date fair value of the RSUs was $2,337, in aggregate, or
$30.64 per RSU. The Company will recognize  share-based compensation expense  following  the
straight-line method, net of estimated  forfeitures,  over the requisite service  period. The Company
estimates future forfeitures at the date  of grant and revises  the estimates, if  necessary,  in subsequent
periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

A summary of RSUs granted and unvested  as of December 31, 2015  is as  follows:

RSUs Outstanding

RSUs granted and unvested at January 1, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSUs granted during 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSUs vested during 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSUs forfeited during 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of
RSUs

488,780
76,273
(94,784)
(14,860)

RSUs granted and unvested at December  31, 2015 . . . . . . . . .

455,409

Weighted
Average
Fair Value
Per Unit

$19.89
30.64
19.89
19.89

$21.69

F-32

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (in thousands, except share and per share  amounts,  years, and
percentages) (Continued)

As of December 31, 2015, there was  a total of $7,188  in unrecognized  compensation cost, net of

estimated forfeitures, related to unvested RSUs, which are expected  to  be  recognized over  a weighted-
average period of approximately 3.93  years.

Restricted Stock Awards

On May 28, 2015, the Company granted 71,946 RSAs pursuant to the  2015 Plan. RSAs  granted to

directors fully vest upon the one year  anniversary of the award grant  date, and RSAs granted  to
employees vest ratably over five years  on  each anniversary of  the  award  grant date.  Upon  vesting,  the
Company will deliver shares of the Company’s Class A  common stock to the holders.  Pursuant to the
terms of the awards, any unvested shares  terminate upon  the RSA  holders’ separation  from the
Company. The grant date fair value of  the RSAs was $2,000, in aggregate, or  $27.80 per RSA. The
Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for the  RSAs following the straight-line
method, net of estimated forfeitures, over  the requisite  service  period. The Company estimates  future
forfeitures at the date of grant and revises  the estimates, if  necessary,  in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates.

On November 12, 2015, the company granted 524,105 RSAs pursuant  to  the 2015 Plan. The RSAs

were granted to employees and vest ratably  over five years on  each anniversary of the award grant  date.
Upon vesting, the Company will deliver  shares  of the Company’s  Class A common stock to the  holders.
Pursuant to the terms of the awards,  any unvested shares  terminate upon the  RSA holders’ separation
from the Company. The grant date fair value of the  RSAs was $9,198,  in aggregate, or $17.55  per  RSA.
The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for  the  RSAs following  the straight-line
method, net of estimated forfeitures, over  the requisite  service  period. The Company estimates  future
forfeitures at the date of grant and revises  the estimates, if  necessary,  in subsequent periods if actual
forfeitures differ from those estimates.

A summary of RSAs granted and unvested  as of December 31, 2015  is as  follows:

RSAs Outstanding

Number of
RSUs

Weighted
Average
Fair Value
Per Unit

RSAs granted and unvested at January  1, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSAs granted during 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSAs vested during 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RSAs forfeited during 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— $ —
18.79
—
27.80

596,051
—
(26,979)

RSAs granted and unvested at December 31,  2015 . . . . . . . . .

569,072

$18.36

As of December 31, 2015, there was  a total of $7,401  million in unrecognized compensation cost,

net of estimated forfeitures, related to  unvested  RSAs, which are expected  to  be  recognized over  a
weighted-average period of approximately  4.8 years.

F-33

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

11. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (in thousands, except share and per share  amounts,  years, and
percentages) (Continued)

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On February 18, 2015, the date of the completion  of the Company’s  IPO, the  2015 Employee

Stock Purchase Plan (‘‘2015 ESPP’’)  became  effective. The 2015  ESPP provides for (i)  six-month
purchase periods (commencing each  March  1 and September 1) and (ii)  that the purchase price  for
shares of Class A common stock purchased under the  2015 ESPP will be 85%  of the fair market value
of the Company’s Class A common stock on the last day of the applicable offering period. Eligible
employees are able to select a rate of  payroll  deduction between 1% and 15%  of their  base  cash
compensation subject to a maximum payroll  deduction per offering period of $7,500. The  2015 ESPP is
intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under  Section 423 of the  Code. The Company
reserved 1,833,857 shares of Class A common  stock  for  issuance  under the 2015 ESPP. During the year
ended December 31, 2015, the Company purchased and issued 30,689 shares of  common stock to 2015
ESPP participants at a discounted price of $18.61 per share and  recorded stock-based compensation
related to the 2015 ESPP of $156.

12. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (in thousands)

On June 1, 2007, the Company adopted a  401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and  Trust, or 401(k) Plan.
The 401(k) Plan was amended on February 1,  2010. The amended  401(k) Plan allows employees  to
become  eligible to participate upon the completion  of 30 days of  service. The Company matches
employee contributions up to 4.0% of their compensation  and the employer contributions vest
immediately.

The Company has a separate defined  contribution retirement  plan for employees  of Avalere.
Under this 401(k) retirement plan, employees can make voluntary contributions  to  the retirement
program in the form of salary reductions.  Additionally, the Company matched 100% of  employee
deferrals up to 5% of qualifying compensation for all eligible participants. There  is a one year waiting
period for eligibility from date of hire.  Participants are fully  vested  in both the employee deferral and
employer contributions upon meeting  eligibility requirements.

During  the years ended December 31, 2015,  2014, and 2013, total expense recorded for the

Company’s matching 401(k) contributions were  $4,227, $2,820, and $2,846, respectively.

13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) (in thousands, except share amounts)

In February 2013, to provide liquidity  to certain  existing stockholders who desired liquidity and to
reduce the number of stockholders and outstanding  shares of common  stock, the Company initiated a
share repurchase and liquidity initiative for and among  existing stockholders. During 2013, the
Company repurchased 10,703,360 shares of common stock  for aggregate consideration of  $72,114 and
sold 7,216,610 shares of common stock for  $52,114, resulting in a  net repurchase of 3,486,750 treasury
stock shares at an aggregate net cost  of  $20,000.  Upon  repurchase, the treasury stock shares were
immediately retired. In connection with  the retirement, of the $20,000 value assigned  to  the treasury
stock shares, $2,403 was allocated to  additional  paid-in capital and $17,597 was allocated to retained
earnings. The amount allocated to additional paid- in capital was determined based  on the paid-in
capital per share generated from the historical issuances of these treasury stock shares.

F-34

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

13. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) (in thousands, except share amounts) (Continued)

During  June 2014, the Company repurchased  1,462,320 shares at a cost  of $9,066. Upon

repurchase, the shares were immediately retired.  In connection with the retirement, of the $9,066 value
assigned to the repurchased shares, $1,011  was  allocated to additional  paid-in capital and $8,055 was
allocated to retained earnings. The amount allocated to additional paid-in  capital was determined based
on the paid-in capital per share generated  from the historical issuances of these shares.

On September 16,  2014, in connection with the  holding  company reorganization, the Company’s
common stock was reclassified to implement  a multi-class capital structure  providing for common stock,
Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of common stock held by the
then-existing stockholders of Inovalon, Inc.  at the  time of the holding company reorganization was
reclassified as Class B common stock of  the Company.

On September 19,  2014, the Company authorized  the pro-rata redemption of approximately 8.33%
of the Company’s outstanding Class B  common stock from the then-existing holders. During September
2014, the Company completed the pro-rata redemption  and  repurchased 11,109,285 shares of  Class B
common stock for $300,017, which automatically  converted from Class  B  common stock to Class A
common stock. This redemption occurred  at a  price per share of $27.01, which was in excess of the
estimated fair value of our common stock  of $19.89 per share  as of September 30, 2014 calculated for
the purpose of determining our stock-based compensation expense. The  estimated fair value of our
common stock on a per share basis, as of September 30, 2014, was based upon a contemporaneous
valuation of the Company’s common stock performed in conjunction with an  unrelated third-party
specialist and the calculation of the estimated fair value of the common stock includes  certain
assumptions and discounts that are required  to  be  applied  to the valuations of privately  held
companies. The Company did not contribute nor receive any stated or unstated rights, privileges, or
other consideration as part of the redemption, therefore, at December  31, 2014,  these repurchased
11,109,285 Class A shares of common stock were held and accounted for as treasury shares.

On February 18, 2015, the Company  completed its initial public offering of 22,222,222 shares of

Class A common stock and, upon the  underwriters’ exercise of their option to purchase additional
shares, issued an additional 3,142,581  shares of Class A common stock for a total of 25,364,803 shares
issued (the ‘‘IPO’’). All of the shares issued in the  IPO were primary shares offered by the Company  as
none of the Company’s stockholders  sold any shares  in  the IPO. The offering  price of the shares sold
in the IPO was $27.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds to the Company, after the underwriters’
discounts and commissions and other  expenses, payable by the Company, of  approximately
$639.1 million.

F-35

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

14. INCOME TAXES (in thousands, except percentages)

The provision for income taxes consisted of  the following:

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

Current:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign (Puerto Rico) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$31,351
10,937
574

$33,577
7,294
626

$16,254
3,443
293

Total current provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42,862

41,497

19,990

Deferred:

Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total deferred provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,708
1,078

5,786

1,541
341

1,882

(347)
14

(333)

Total provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$48,648

$43,379

$19,657

The provision for income taxes reconciles to the amount computed by applying  the federal

statutory rate (35.0%) to income before  income taxes as follows:

Expected federal income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State income taxes, net of federal income tax

effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permanent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development tax credits . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013

35.0% $40,149

35.0% $38,056

35.0% $18,331

6.8
0.3
(0.8)
1.1

7,753
390
(864)
1,220

4.6
0.4
(0.6)
0.5

4,961
422
(695)
635

3.9
0.5
(1.4)
(0.5)

2,047
237
(744)
(214)

Income tax expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

42.4% $48,648

39.9% $43,379

37.5% $19,657

F-36

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

14. INCOME TAXES (in thousands, except percentages) (Continued)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net  tax  effects of  temporary  differences between the  carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting  purposes and the amounts used for income tax
purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows:

December 31,

2015

2014

Components of deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets:

Accrued expenses and reserves
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,743
2,490
1,190
2,402
1,270

$

843
2,713
1,259
—
414

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,095

$ 5,229

Deferred tax liabilities:

Intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, equipment and capitalized software . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaids  and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$22,267
21,042
2,752

$ 2,943
16,192
766

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

46,061

19,901

Net deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$36,966

$14,672

The deferred tax liability has been classified in  the accompanying  consolidated balance sheets as

follows:

Current deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current deferred tax liabilities(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $
232
37,198

491
—
15,163

Total deferred tax liabilities, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$36,966

$14,672

December 31,

2015

2014

(1) See Note 2 regarding our early adoption of ASU 2015-17.

Uncertain Tax Positions—During the years ended December 31, 2015,  2014, and 2013, changes in

the liability for gross unrecognized tax benefits, including interest,  totaled  $0, $0, and $48,  respectively.
At December 31, 2015 and 2014, the  Company did not measure  a  liability for  unrecognized tax
benefits.

Net Operating Losses carryforwards(NOLs)—At December 31, 2015, we had federal net operating

loss (‘‘NOL’’) carryforwards of approximately $5.0 million. These NOL carryforwards will expire in
2036.

While the Company believes it has adequately provided for all  tax  positions, amounts asserted by
taxing authorities could differ from the Company’s accrued position. Accordingly, additional  provisions

F-37

Inovalon Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  (Continued)

14. INCOME TAXES (in thousands, except percentages) (Continued)

on federal, state and foreign tax-related matters could be recorded  in the future as revised estimates
are made or the underlying matters are settled or otherwise resolved.

The Company is subject to taxation by the United  States of America, various United States of
America jurisdictions, and Puerto Rico.  The number of years  with open tax audits  varies  depending  on
the tax jurisdiction.

F-38

INOVALON HOLDINGS, INC.
Schedule II
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and  Reserves
(in thousands)

Description

Balance at
Beginning
of  Year

Additions
Charged
Against
Revenue

Additions
Charged to
Cost and
Expense

Deductions

Balance  at
End of Year

Allowance for accounts receivable . . . . . . . . .

$1,827

Allowance for accounts receivable . . . . . . . . .

$1,484

Allowance for accounts receivable . . . . . . . . .

$ 451

Year Ended December 31, 2015
$1,126
$(1,931)
$—
Year Ended December 31, 2014
$2,498
$(2,155)
$—
Year Ended December 31, 2013
$(1,678)
$—
$2,711

$1,022

$1,827

$1,484

F-39

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

HEADQUARTERS 

INOVALON 
4321 Collington Road
Bowie, Maryland 20716
Phone: 301-809-4000
Fax: 301-809-8060

www.inovalon.com

Copyright	©	2016	Inovalon	or	an	affiliate	thereof.	All	rights	reserved.
The	use	of	the	symbol	®	herein	signifies	the	registration	of	the	associated	trademark	in	one	or	more,	but	not	all,	countries.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

HEADQUARTERS 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

STOCK LISTING 

American	Stock	Transfer	&	Trust	
Company, LLC
Operations Center
6201 15th Avenue
Brooklyn,	New	York	11219

Toll Free:  800-937-5449
International:  +1-718-921-8124
TTY-Hearing Impaired Toll Free:
1-866-703-9077
TTY-Hearing Impaired  
International:   
+1-718-921-8386

WEBSITE
www.amstock.com

Our	common	stock	is	listed	on 	
the	Nasdaq	Stock	Exchange	
under the symbol INOV. 

ANNUAL MEETING 

The 2016 annual meeting of 
stockholders	will	be	held	on	
Wednesday, May 18, 2016 at  
10 a.m. ET at the Westin  
Annapolis located at 100  
Westgate Circle, Annapolis,  
MD 21401. 

4321 Collington Road
Bowie, Maryland 20716
Phone:  301-809-4000
www.inovalon.com

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Deloitte & Touche LLP 
7900 Tysons One Place, Suite 800
McLean, Virginia 22102 
Phone:  703-251-1000

STOCKHOLDER INQUIRIES

Inquiries	from	stockholders	and	
other interested parties regarding 
our company are always welcome. 
Please direct your request to: 

Investor Relations
4321 Collington Road
Bowie, Maryland 20716
Phone:  301-809-4000
inovalonshareholder@inovalon.com

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This	presentation	includes	forward-looking	statements,	as	defined	by	the	Private	Securities	Litigation	Reform	Act	of	1995, 	
which	involve	risks	and	uncertainties,	including	those	relating	to	our	future	success	and	growth	prospects.	Please	see	our 	
accompanying	Form	10-K	included	in	this	Annual	Report	to	stockholders	for	a	discussion	of	risk	factors	that	could	negatively 	
affect these expectations.